Merge branch 'upstream'
Benjamin Drung
9 years ago
0 | /********************************************************************** | |
1 | ||
2 | Audacity: A Digital Audio Editor | |
3 | ||
4 | ModTrackPanelCallback.cpp | |
5 | ||
6 | James Crook | |
7 | ||
8 | Audacity is free software. | |
9 | This file is licensed under the wxWidgets license, see License.txt | |
10 | ||
11 | ********************************************************************//** | |
12 | ||
13 | \class ModTrackPanelCallback | |
14 | \brief ModTrackPanelCallback is a class containing all the callback | |
15 | functions for the second generation TrackPanel. These functions are | |
16 | added into the standard Audacity Project Menus. | |
17 | ||
18 | *//*****************************************************************//** | |
19 | ||
20 | \class ModTrackPanelCommandFunctor | |
21 | \brief We create one of these functors for each menu item or | |
22 | command which we register with the Command Manager. These take the | |
23 | click from the menu into the actual function to be called. | |
24 | ||
25 | *//********************************************************************/ | |
26 | ||
27 | #include <wx/wx.h> | |
28 | #include "ModTrackPanelCallback.h" | |
29 | #include "Audacity.h" | |
30 | #include "ShuttleGui.h" | |
31 | #include "Project.h" | |
32 | #include "LoadModules.h" | |
33 | #include "Registrar.h" | |
34 | #include "TrackPanel2.h" | |
35 | ||
36 | /* | |
37 | There are several functions that can be used in a GUI module. | |
38 | ||
39 | //#define versionFnName "GetVersionString" | |
40 | If the version is wrong, the module will be rejected. | |
41 | That is it will be loaded and then unloaded. | |
42 | ||
43 | //#define ModuleDispatchName "ModuleDispatch" | |
44 | The most useful function. See the example in this | |
45 | file. It has several cases/options in it. | |
46 | ||
47 | //#define scriptFnName "RegScriptServerFunc" | |
48 | This function is run from a non gui thread. It was originally | |
49 | created for the benefit of mod-script-pipe. | |
50 | ||
51 | //#define mainPanelFnName "MainPanelFunc" | |
52 | This function is the hijacking function, to take over Audacity | |
53 | and replace the main project window with our own wxFrame. | |
54 | ||
55 | */ | |
56 | ||
57 | // The machinery here is somewhat overkill for what we need. | |
58 | // It allows us to add lots of menu and other actions into Audacity. | |
59 | // We need to jump through these hoops even if only adding | |
60 | // two menu items into Audacity. | |
61 | ||
62 | // The OnFunc functrions are functions which can be invoked | |
63 | // by Audacity. Mostly they are for menu items. They could | |
64 | // be for buttons. They could be for commands invokable by | |
65 | // script (but no examples of that yet). | |
66 | class ModTrackPanelCallback | |
67 | { | |
68 | public: | |
69 | void OnFuncShowAudioExplorer(); | |
70 | void OnFuncReplaceTrackPanel(); | |
71 | }; | |
72 | ||
73 | typedef void (ModTrackPanelCallback::*ModTrackPanelCommandFunction)(); | |
74 | ||
75 | // We have an instance of this CommandFunctor for each | |
76 | // instance of a command we attach to Audacity. | |
77 | // Although the commands have void argument, | |
78 | // they do receive an instance of ModTrackPanelCallback as a 'this', | |
79 | // so if we want to, we can pass data to each function instance. | |
80 | class ModTrackPanelCommandFunctor:public CommandFunctor | |
81 | { | |
82 | public: | |
83 | ModTrackPanelCommandFunctor(ModTrackPanelCallback *pData, | |
84 | ModTrackPanelCommandFunction pFunction); | |
85 | virtual void operator()(int index = 0, const wxEvent * evt=NULL); | |
86 | public: | |
87 | ModTrackPanelCallback * mpData; | |
88 | ModTrackPanelCommandFunction mpFunction; | |
89 | }; | |
90 | ||
91 | // If pData is NULL we will later be passing a NULL 'this' to pFunction. | |
92 | // This may be quite OK if the class function is written as if it | |
93 | // could be static. | |
94 | ModTrackPanelCommandFunctor::ModTrackPanelCommandFunctor(ModTrackPanelCallback *pData, | |
95 | ModTrackPanelCommandFunction pFunction) | |
96 | { | |
97 | mpData = pData; | |
98 | mpFunction = pFunction; | |
99 | } | |
100 | ||
101 | // The dispatching function in the command functor. | |
102 | void ModTrackPanelCommandFunctor::operator()(int index, const wxEvent * WXUNUSED(evt) ) | |
103 | { | |
104 | (mpData->*(mpFunction))(); | |
105 | } | |
106 | ||
107 | #define ModTrackPanelFN(X) new ModTrackPanelCommandFunctor(pModTrackPanelCallback, \ | |
108 | (ModTrackPanelCommandFunction)(&ModTrackPanelCallback::X)) | |
109 | ||
110 | ||
111 | void ModTrackPanelCallback::OnFuncShowAudioExplorer() | |
112 | { | |
113 | int k=3; | |
114 | Registrar::ShowNewPanel(); | |
115 | } | |
116 | ||
117 | void ModTrackPanelCallback::OnFuncReplaceTrackPanel() | |
118 | { | |
119 | // Upgrade the factory. Now all TrackPanels will be created as TrackPanel 2's | |
120 | ||
121 | #if 0 | |
122 | AudacityProject *p = GetActiveProject(); | |
123 | wxASSERT( p!= NULL ); | |
124 | // Change it's type (No new storage allocated). | |
125 | TrackPanel2::Upgrade( &p->mTrackPanel ); | |
126 | int k=4; | |
127 | #endif | |
128 | } | |
129 | ||
130 | // Oooh look, we're using a NULL object, and hence a NULL 'this'. | |
131 | // That's OK. | |
132 | ModTrackPanelCallback * pModTrackPanelCallback=NULL; | |
133 | ||
134 | //This is the DLL related machinery that actually gets called by Audacity | |
135 | //as prt of loading and using a DLL. | |
136 | //It is MUCH simpler to use C for this interface because then the | |
137 | //function names are not 'mangled'. | |
138 | //The function names are important, because they are what Audacity looks | |
139 | //for. Change the name and they won't be found. | |
140 | //Change the signature, e.g. return type, and you probably have a crash. | |
141 | extern "C" { | |
142 | // GetVersionString | |
143 | // REQUIRED for the module to be accepted by Audacity. | |
144 | // Without it Audacity will see a version number mismatch. | |
145 | MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_API wxChar * GetVersionString() | |
146 | { | |
147 | // Make sure that this version of the module requires the version | |
148 | // of Audacity it is built with. | |
149 | // For now, the versions must match exactly for Audacity to | |
150 | // agree to load the module. | |
151 | return AUDACITY_VERSION_STRING; | |
152 | } | |
153 | ||
154 | // This is the function that connects us to Audacity. | |
155 | MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_API int ModuleDispatch(ModuleDispatchTypes type) | |
156 | { | |
157 | switch (type) | |
158 | { | |
159 | case AppInitialized: | |
160 | Registrar::Start(); | |
161 | // Demand that all track panels be created using the TrackPanel2Factory. | |
162 | TrackPanel::FactoryFunction = TrackPanel2Factory; | |
163 | break; | |
164 | case AppQuiting: | |
165 | Registrar::Finish(); | |
166 | break; | |
167 | case ProjectInitialized: | |
168 | case MenusRebuilt: | |
169 | { | |
170 | AudacityProject *p = GetActiveProject(); | |
171 | if( p== NULL ) | |
172 | return 0; | |
173 | ||
174 | wxMenuBar * pBar = p->GetMenuBar(); | |
175 | wxMenu * pMenu = pBar->GetMenu( 7 ); // Menu 7 is the Analyze Menu. | |
176 | CommandManager * c = p->GetCommandManager(); | |
177 | ||
178 | c->SetToMenu( pMenu ); | |
179 | c->AddSeparator(); | |
180 | // We add two new commands into the Analyze menu. | |
181 | c->AddItem( _T("Extra Dialog..."), _T("Experimental Extra Dialog for whatever you want."), | |
182 | ModTrackPanelFN( OnFuncShowAudioExplorer ) ); | |
183 | //Second menu tweak no longer needed as we always make TrackPanel2's. | |
184 | //c->AddItem( _T("Replace TrackPanel..."), _T("Replace Current TrackPanel with TrackPanel2"), | |
185 | // ModTrackPanelFN( OnFuncReplaceTrackPanel ) ); | |
186 | } | |
187 | break; | |
188 | default: | |
189 | break; | |
190 | } | |
191 | ||
192 | return 1; | |
193 | } | |
194 | ||
195 | //Example code commented out. | |
196 | #if 1 | |
197 | // This is an example function to hijack the main panel | |
198 | int MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_API MainPanelFunc(int ix) | |
199 | { | |
200 | ix=ix;//compiler food | |
201 | // If we wanted to hide Audacity's Project, | |
202 | // we'd create a new wxFrame right here and return a pointer to it | |
203 | // as our return result. | |
204 | ||
205 | // Don't hijack the main panel, just return a NULL; | |
206 | return NULL; | |
207 | } | |
208 | #endif | |
209 | ||
210 | ||
211 | } // End extern "C" | |
0 | /********************************************************************** | |
1 | ||
2 | Audacity: A Digital Audio Editor | |
3 | ||
4 | ModTrackPanelCallback.cpp | |
5 | ||
6 | James Crook | |
7 | ||
8 | Audacity is free software. | |
9 | This file is licensed under the wxWidgets license, see License.txt | |
10 | ||
11 | ********************************************************************//** | |
12 | ||
13 | \class ModTrackPanelCallback | |
14 | \brief ModTrackPanelCallback is a class containing all the callback | |
15 | functions for the second generation TrackPanel. These functions are | |
16 | added into the standard Audacity Project Menus. | |
17 | ||
18 | *//*****************************************************************//** | |
19 | ||
20 | \class ModTrackPanelCommandFunctor | |
21 | \brief We create one of these functors for each menu item or | |
22 | command which we register with the Command Manager. These take the | |
23 | click from the menu into the actual function to be called. | |
24 | ||
25 | *//********************************************************************/ | |
26 | ||
27 | #include <wx/wx.h> | |
28 | #include "ModTrackPanelCallback.h" | |
29 | #include "Audacity.h" | |
30 | #include "ShuttleGui.h" | |
31 | #include "Project.h" | |
32 | #include "LoadModules.h" | |
33 | #include "Registrar.h" | |
34 | #include "TrackPanel2.h" | |
35 | ||
36 | /* | |
37 | There are several functions that can be used in a GUI module. | |
38 | ||
39 | //#define versionFnName "GetVersionString" | |
40 | If the version is wrong, the module will be rejected. | |
41 | That is it will be loaded and then unloaded. | |
42 | ||
43 | //#define ModuleDispatchName "ModuleDispatch" | |
44 | The most useful function. See the example in this | |
45 | file. It has several cases/options in it. | |
46 | ||
47 | //#define scriptFnName "RegScriptServerFunc" | |
48 | This function is run from a non gui thread. It was originally | |
49 | created for the benefit of mod-script-pipe. | |
50 | ||
51 | //#define mainPanelFnName "MainPanelFunc" | |
52 | This function is the hijacking function, to take over Audacity | |
53 | and replace the main project window with our own wxFrame. | |
54 | ||
55 | */ | |
56 | ||
57 | // The machinery here is somewhat overkill for what we need. | |
58 | // It allows us to add lots of menu and other actions into Audacity. | |
59 | // We need to jump through these hoops even if only adding | |
60 | // two menu items into Audacity. | |
61 | ||
62 | // The OnFunc functrions are functions which can be invoked | |
63 | // by Audacity. Mostly they are for menu items. They could | |
64 | // be for buttons. They could be for commands invokable by | |
65 | // script (but no examples of that yet). | |
66 | class ModTrackPanelCallback | |
67 | { | |
68 | public: | |
69 | void OnFuncShowAudioExplorer(); | |
70 | void OnFuncReplaceTrackPanel(); | |
71 | }; | |
72 | ||
73 | typedef void (ModTrackPanelCallback::*ModTrackPanelCommandFunction)(); | |
74 | ||
75 | // We have an instance of this CommandFunctor for each | |
76 | // instance of a command we attach to Audacity. | |
77 | // Although the commands have void argument, | |
78 | // they do receive an instance of ModTrackPanelCallback as a 'this', | |
79 | // so if we want to, we can pass data to each function instance. | |
80 | class ModTrackPanelCommandFunctor:public CommandFunctor | |
81 | { | |
82 | public: | |
83 | ModTrackPanelCommandFunctor(ModTrackPanelCallback *pData, | |
84 | ModTrackPanelCommandFunction pFunction); | |
85 | virtual void operator()(int index = 0, const wxEvent * evt=NULL); | |
86 | public: | |
87 | ModTrackPanelCallback * mpData; | |
88 | ModTrackPanelCommandFunction mpFunction; | |
89 | }; | |
90 | ||
91 | // If pData is NULL we will later be passing a NULL 'this' to pFunction. | |
92 | // This may be quite OK if the class function is written as if it | |
93 | // could be static. | |
94 | ModTrackPanelCommandFunctor::ModTrackPanelCommandFunctor(ModTrackPanelCallback *pData, | |
95 | ModTrackPanelCommandFunction pFunction) | |
96 | { | |
97 | mpData = pData; | |
98 | mpFunction = pFunction; | |
99 | } | |
100 | ||
101 | // The dispatching function in the command functor. | |
102 | void ModTrackPanelCommandFunctor::operator()(int index, const wxEvent * WXUNUSED(evt) ) | |
103 | { | |
104 | (mpData->*(mpFunction))(); | |
105 | } | |
106 | ||
107 | #define ModTrackPanelFN(X) new ModTrackPanelCommandFunctor(pModTrackPanelCallback, \ | |
108 | (ModTrackPanelCommandFunction)(&ModTrackPanelCallback::X)) | |
109 | ||
110 | ||
111 | void ModTrackPanelCallback::OnFuncShowAudioExplorer() | |
112 | { | |
113 | int k=3; | |
114 | Registrar::ShowNewPanel(); | |
115 | } | |
116 | ||
117 | void ModTrackPanelCallback::OnFuncReplaceTrackPanel() | |
118 | { | |
119 | // Upgrade the factory. Now all TrackPanels will be created as TrackPanel 2's | |
120 | ||
121 | #if 0 | |
122 | AudacityProject *p = GetActiveProject(); | |
123 | wxASSERT( p!= NULL ); | |
124 | // Change it's type (No new storage allocated). | |
125 | TrackPanel2::Upgrade( &p->mTrackPanel ); | |
126 | int k=4; | |
127 | #endif | |
128 | } | |
129 | ||
130 | // Oooh look, we're using a NULL object, and hence a NULL 'this'. | |
131 | // That's OK. | |
132 | ModTrackPanelCallback * pModTrackPanelCallback=NULL; | |
133 | ||
134 | //This is the DLL related machinery that actually gets called by Audacity | |
135 | //as prt of loading and using a DLL. | |
136 | //It is MUCH simpler to use C for this interface because then the | |
137 | //function names are not 'mangled'. | |
138 | //The function names are important, because they are what Audacity looks | |
139 | //for. Change the name and they won't be found. | |
140 | //Change the signature, e.g. return type, and you probably have a crash. | |
141 | extern "C" { | |
142 | // GetVersionString | |
143 | // REQUIRED for the module to be accepted by Audacity. | |
144 | // Without it Audacity will see a version number mismatch. | |
145 | MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_API wxChar * GetVersionString() | |
146 | { | |
147 | // Make sure that this version of the module requires the version | |
148 | // of Audacity it is built with. | |
149 | // For now, the versions must match exactly for Audacity to | |
150 | // agree to load the module. | |
151 | return AUDACITY_VERSION_STRING; | |
152 | } | |
153 | ||
154 | // This is the function that connects us to Audacity. | |
155 | MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_API int ModuleDispatch(ModuleDispatchTypes type) | |
156 | { | |
157 | switch (type) | |
158 | { | |
159 | case AppInitialized: | |
160 | Registrar::Start(); | |
161 | // Demand that all track panels be created using the TrackPanel2Factory. | |
162 | TrackPanel::FactoryFunction = TrackPanel2Factory; | |
163 | break; | |
164 | case AppQuiting: | |
165 | Registrar::Finish(); | |
166 | break; | |
167 | case ProjectInitialized: | |
168 | case MenusRebuilt: | |
169 | { | |
170 | AudacityProject *p = GetActiveProject(); | |
171 | if( p== NULL ) | |
172 | return 0; | |
173 | ||
174 | wxMenuBar * pBar = p->GetMenuBar(); | |
175 | wxMenu * pMenu = pBar->GetMenu( 7 ); // Menu 7 is the Analyze Menu. | |
176 | CommandManager * c = p->GetCommandManager(); | |
177 | ||
178 | c->SetToMenu( pMenu ); | |
179 | c->AddSeparator(); | |
180 | // We add two new commands into the Analyze menu. | |
181 | c->AddItem( _T("Extra Dialog..."), _T("Experimental Extra Dialog for whatever you want."), | |
182 | ModTrackPanelFN( OnFuncShowAudioExplorer ) ); | |
183 | //Second menu tweak no longer needed as we always make TrackPanel2's. | |
184 | //c->AddItem( _T("Replace TrackPanel..."), _T("Replace Current TrackPanel with TrackPanel2"), | |
185 | // ModTrackPanelFN( OnFuncReplaceTrackPanel ) ); | |
186 | } | |
187 | break; | |
188 | default: | |
189 | break; | |
190 | } | |
191 | ||
192 | return 1; | |
193 | } | |
194 | ||
195 | //Example code commented out. | |
196 | #if 1 | |
197 | // This is an example function to hijack the main panel | |
198 | int MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_API MainPanelFunc(int ix) | |
199 | { | |
200 | ix=ix;//compiler food | |
201 | // If we wanted to hide Audacity's Project, | |
202 | // we'd create a new wxFrame right here and return a pointer to it | |
203 | // as our return result. | |
204 | ||
205 | // Don't hijack the main panel, just return a NULL; | |
206 | return NULL; | |
207 | } | |
208 | #endif | |
209 | ||
210 | ||
211 | } // End extern "C" |
0 | // The following ifdef block is the standard way of creating macros which make exporting | |
1 | // from a DLL simpler. All files within this DLL are compiled with the LIBSCRIPT_EXPORTS | |
2 | // symbol defined on the command line. this symbol should not be defined on any project | |
3 | // that uses this DLL. This way any other project whose source files include this file see | |
4 | // MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_API functions as being imported from a DLL, wheras this DLL sees symbols | |
5 | // defined with this macro as being exported. | |
6 | ||
7 | ||
8 | /* Magic for dynamic library import and export. This is unfortunately | |
9 | * compiler-specific because there isn't a standard way to do it. Currently it | |
10 | * works with the Visual Studio compiler for windows, and for GCC 4+. Anything | |
11 | * else gets all symbols made public, which gets messy */ | |
12 | /* The Visual Studio implementation */ | |
13 | #ifdef _MSC_VER | |
14 | #define MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_IMPORT _declspec(dllimport) | |
15 | #ifdef BUILDING_MOD_TRACK_PANEL | |
16 | #define MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_API _declspec(dllexport) | |
17 | #elif _DLL | |
18 | #define MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_API _declspec(dllimport) | |
19 | #else | |
20 | #define AUDACITY_DLL_API | |
21 | #endif | |
22 | #endif //_MSC_VER | |
23 | ||
24 | /* The GCC implementation */ | |
25 | #ifdef CC_HASVISIBILITY // this is provided by the configure script, is only | |
26 | // enabled for suitable GCC versions | |
27 | /* The incantation is a bit weird here because it uses ELF symbol stuff. If we | |
28 | * make a symbol "default" it makes it visible (for import or export). Making it | |
29 | * "hidden" means it is invisible outside the shared object. */ | |
30 | #define MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_IMPORT __attribute__((visibility("default"))) | |
31 | #ifdef BUILDING_MOD_TRACK_PANEL | |
32 | #define MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_API __attribute__((visibility("default"))) | |
33 | #else | |
34 | #define MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_API __attribute__((visibility("default"))) | |
35 | #endif | |
36 | #endif | |
37 | ||
0 | // The following ifdef block is the standard way of creating macros which make exporting | |
1 | // from a DLL simpler. All files within this DLL are compiled with the LIBSCRIPT_EXPORTS | |
2 | // symbol defined on the command line. this symbol should not be defined on any project | |
3 | // that uses this DLL. This way any other project whose source files include this file see | |
4 | // MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_API functions as being imported from a DLL, wheras this DLL sees symbols | |
5 | // defined with this macro as being exported. | |
6 | ||
7 | ||
8 | /* Magic for dynamic library import and export. This is unfortunately | |
9 | * compiler-specific because there isn't a standard way to do it. Currently it | |
10 | * works with the Visual Studio compiler for windows, and for GCC 4+. Anything | |
11 | * else gets all symbols made public, which gets messy */ | |
12 | /* The Visual Studio implementation */ | |
13 | #ifdef _MSC_VER | |
14 | #define MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_IMPORT _declspec(dllimport) | |
15 | #ifdef BUILDING_MOD_TRACK_PANEL | |
16 | #define MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_API _declspec(dllexport) | |
17 | #elif _DLL | |
18 | #define MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_API _declspec(dllimport) | |
19 | #else | |
20 | #define AUDACITY_DLL_API | |
21 | #endif | |
22 | #endif //_MSC_VER | |
23 | ||
24 | /* The GCC implementation */ | |
25 | #ifdef CC_HASVISIBILITY // this is provided by the configure script, is only | |
26 | // enabled for suitable GCC versions | |
27 | /* The incantation is a bit weird here because it uses ELF symbol stuff. If we | |
28 | * make a symbol "default" it makes it visible (for import or export). Making it | |
29 | * "hidden" means it is invisible outside the shared object. */ | |
30 | #define MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_IMPORT __attribute__((visibility("default"))) | |
31 | #ifdef BUILDING_MOD_TRACK_PANEL | |
32 | #define MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_API __attribute__((visibility("default"))) | |
33 | #else | |
34 | #define MOD_TRACK_PANEL_DLL_API __attribute__((visibility("default"))) | |
35 | #endif | |
36 | #endif | |
37 |
0 | /********************************************************************** | |
1 | ||
2 | Audacity: A Digital Audio Editor | |
3 | ||
4 | Registrar.cpp | |
5 | ||
6 | James Crook | |
7 | ||
8 | Audacity is free software. | |
9 | This file is licensed under the wxWidgets license, see License.txt | |
10 | ||
11 | ********************************************************************//** | |
12 | ||
13 | \class Registrar | |
14 | \brief Registrar is a class that other classes register resources of | |
15 | various kinds with. It makes a system that is much more amenable to | |
16 | plugging in of new resources. | |
17 | ||
18 | *//********************************************************************/ | |
19 | ||
20 | #include <wx/wx.h> | |
21 | #include "Registrar.h" | |
22 | ||
23 | Registrar * pRegistrar = NULL; | |
24 | ||
25 | // By defining the external function and including it here, we save ourselves maintaing two lists. | |
26 | // Also we save ourselves recompiling Registrar each time the classes that regiser change. | |
27 | // Part of the idea is that the Registrar knows very little about the classes that | |
28 | // register with it. | |
29 | #define DISPATCH( Name ) extern int Name##Dispatch( Registrar & R, t_RegistrarDispatchType Type );\ | |
30 | Name##Dispatch( *pRegistrar, Type ) | |
31 | ||
32 | // Not a class function, otherwise the functions called | |
33 | // are treated as belonging to the class. | |
34 | int RegistrarDispatch( t_RegistrarDispatchType Type ) | |
35 | { | |
36 | wxASSERT( pRegistrar != NULL ); | |
37 | ||
38 | DISPATCH( SkewedRuler ); | |
39 | DISPATCH( MidiArtist ); | |
40 | DISPATCH( WaveArtist ); | |
41 | DISPATCH( EnvelopeArtist ); | |
42 | DISPATCH( LabelArtist ); | |
43 | DISPATCH( DragGridSizer ); | |
44 | DISPATCH( TrackPanel2 ); | |
45 | return 0; | |
46 | } | |
47 | ||
48 | // Start() | |
49 | // Static function. Allocates Registrar. | |
50 | void Registrar::Start() | |
51 | { | |
52 | wxASSERT( pRegistrar ==NULL ); | |
53 | pRegistrar = new Registrar(); | |
54 | ||
55 | RegistrarDispatch( RegResource ); | |
56 | RegistrarDispatch( RegArtist ); | |
57 | RegistrarDispatch( RegDataType ); | |
58 | RegistrarDispatch( RegCommand ); | |
59 | RegistrarDispatch( RegMenuItem ); | |
60 | } | |
61 | ||
62 | // Finish() | |
63 | // Static function. DeAllocates Registrar. | |
64 | void Registrar::Finish() | |
65 | { | |
66 | wxASSERT( pRegistrar !=NULL ); | |
67 | delete pRegistrar; | |
68 | pRegistrar = NULL; | |
69 | } | |
70 | ||
71 | void Registrar::ShowNewPanel() | |
72 | { | |
73 | wxASSERT( pRegistrar !=NULL ); | |
74 | if( pRegistrar->pShowFn != NULL) | |
75 | pRegistrar->pShowFn(); | |
0 | /********************************************************************** | |
1 | ||
2 | Audacity: A Digital Audio Editor | |
3 | ||
4 | Registrar.cpp | |
5 | ||
6 | James Crook | |
7 | ||
8 | Audacity is free software. | |
9 | This file is licensed under the wxWidgets license, see License.txt | |
10 | ||
11 | ********************************************************************//** | |
12 | ||
13 | \class Registrar | |
14 | \brief Registrar is a class that other classes register resources of | |
15 | various kinds with. It makes a system that is much more amenable to | |
16 | plugging in of new resources. | |
17 | ||
18 | *//********************************************************************/ | |
19 | ||
20 | #include <wx/wx.h> | |
21 | #include "Registrar.h" | |
22 | ||
23 | Registrar * pRegistrar = NULL; | |
24 | ||
25 | // By defining the external function and including it here, we save ourselves maintaing two lists. | |
26 | // Also we save ourselves recompiling Registrar each time the classes that regiser change. | |
27 | // Part of the idea is that the Registrar knows very little about the classes that | |
28 | // register with it. | |
29 | #define DISPATCH( Name ) extern int Name##Dispatch( Registrar & R, t_RegistrarDispatchType Type );\ | |
30 | Name##Dispatch( *pRegistrar, Type ) | |
31 | ||
32 | // Not a class function, otherwise the functions called | |
33 | // are treated as belonging to the class. | |
34 | int RegistrarDispatch( t_RegistrarDispatchType Type ) | |
35 | { | |
36 | wxASSERT( pRegistrar != NULL ); | |
37 | ||
38 | DISPATCH( SkewedRuler ); | |
39 | DISPATCH( MidiArtist ); | |
40 | DISPATCH( WaveArtist ); | |
41 | DISPATCH( EnvelopeArtist ); | |
42 | DISPATCH( LabelArtist ); | |
43 | DISPATCH( DragGridSizer ); | |
44 | DISPATCH( TrackPanel2 ); | |
45 | return 0; | |
46 | } | |
47 | ||
48 | // Start() | |
49 | // Static function. Allocates Registrar. | |
50 | void Registrar::Start() | |
51 | { | |
52 | wxASSERT( pRegistrar ==NULL ); | |
53 | pRegistrar = new Registrar(); | |
54 | ||
55 | RegistrarDispatch( RegResource ); | |
56 | RegistrarDispatch( RegArtist ); | |
57 | RegistrarDispatch( RegDataType ); | |
58 | RegistrarDispatch( RegCommand ); | |
59 | RegistrarDispatch( RegMenuItem ); | |
60 | } | |
61 | ||
62 | // Finish() | |
63 | // Static function. DeAllocates Registrar. | |
64 | void Registrar::Finish() | |
65 | { | |
66 | wxASSERT( pRegistrar !=NULL ); | |
67 | delete pRegistrar; | |
68 | pRegistrar = NULL; | |
69 | } | |
70 | ||
71 | void Registrar::ShowNewPanel() | |
72 | { | |
73 | wxASSERT( pRegistrar !=NULL ); | |
74 | if( pRegistrar->pShowFn != NULL) | |
75 | pRegistrar->pShowFn(); | |
76 | 76 | }⏎ |
0 | /********************************************************************** | |
1 | ||
2 | Audacity: A Digital Audio Editor | |
3 | ||
4 | Registrar.h | |
5 | ||
6 | James Crook | |
7 | ||
8 | Manages centralised registration of resources. | |
9 | ||
10 | **********************************************************************/ | |
11 | ||
12 | #ifndef __AUDACITY_REGISTRAR__ | |
13 | #define __AUDACITY_REGISTRAR__ | |
14 | ||
15 | typedef enum | |
16 | { | |
17 | RegResource, | |
18 | RegArtist, | |
19 | RegDataType, | |
20 | RegCommand, | |
21 | RegMenuItem, | |
22 | RegLast | |
23 | } t_RegistrarDispatchType; | |
24 | ||
25 | class Registrar { | |
26 | Registrar::Registrar(){ | |
27 | pShowFn = NULL;} | |
28 | public: | |
29 | // Fairly generic registrar functions. | |
30 | static void Start(); | |
31 | static void Finish(); | |
32 | ||
33 | // Somewhat specific to this application registrar functions. | |
34 | // These mostly reflect one-offs, where a more sophisticated | |
35 | // system would manage a list. | |
36 | static void ShowNewPanel(); | |
37 | public: | |
38 | void (*pShowFn)(void); | |
39 | }; | |
40 | ||
41 | ||
42 | extern int RegistrarDispatch( t_RegistrarDispatchType Type ); | |
43 | ||
44 | #endif | |
0 | /********************************************************************** | |
1 | ||
2 | Audacity: A Digital Audio Editor | |
3 | ||
4 | Registrar.h | |
5 | ||
6 | James Crook | |
7 | ||
8 | Manages centralised registration of resources. | |
9 | ||
10 | **********************************************************************/ | |
11 | ||
12 | #ifndef __AUDACITY_REGISTRAR__ | |
13 | #define __AUDACITY_REGISTRAR__ | |
14 | ||
15 | typedef enum | |
16 | { | |
17 | RegResource, | |
18 | RegArtist, | |
19 | RegDataType, | |
20 | RegCommand, | |
21 | RegMenuItem, | |
22 | RegLast | |
23 | } t_RegistrarDispatchType; | |
24 | ||
25 | class Registrar { | |
26 | Registrar::Registrar(){ | |
27 | pShowFn = NULL;} | |
28 | public: | |
29 | // Fairly generic registrar functions. | |
30 | static void Start(); | |
31 | static void Finish(); | |
32 | ||
33 | // Somewhat specific to this application registrar functions. | |
34 | // These mostly reflect one-offs, where a more sophisticated | |
35 | // system would manage a list. | |
36 | static void ShowNewPanel(); | |
37 | public: | |
38 | void (*pShowFn)(void); | |
39 | }; | |
40 | ||
41 | ||
42 | extern int RegistrarDispatch( t_RegistrarDispatchType Type ); | |
43 | ||
44 | #endif |
0 | /********************************************************************** | |
1 | ||
2 | Audacity: A Digital Audio Editor | |
3 | ||
4 | Registrar.cpp | |
5 | ||
6 | James Crook | |
7 | ||
8 | Audacity is free software. | |
9 | This file is licensed under the wxWidgets license, see License.txt | |
10 | ||
11 | ********************************************************************//** | |
12 | ||
13 | \class SkewedRuller | |
14 | \brief SkewedRuler draws a ruler for aligning two sequences. | |
15 | ||
16 | *//********************************************************************/ | |
17 | ||
18 | #include <wx/wx.h> | |
19 | #include "Registrar.h" | |
20 | #include "SkewedRuler.h" | |
21 | ||
22 | extern int SkewedRulerDispatch( Registrar & R, t_RegistrarDispatchType Type ) | |
23 | { | |
24 | switch( Type ) | |
25 | { | |
26 | case RegArtist: | |
27 | break; | |
28 | case RegDataType: | |
29 | break; | |
30 | case RegCommand: | |
31 | break; | |
32 | case RegMenuItem: | |
33 | break; | |
34 | default: | |
35 | break; | |
36 | } | |
37 | return 1; | |
38 | } | |
39 | ||
40 | ||
41 | // For now I've bunged these empty dispatch functions into the same | |
42 | // file as SkewedRuler. | |
43 | // When I am ready to work on them I will create new files for them. | |
44 | int MidiArtistDispatch( Registrar & R, t_RegistrarDispatchType Type ) | |
45 | { | |
46 | switch( Type ) | |
47 | { | |
48 | case RegArtist: | |
49 | break; | |
50 | case RegDataType: | |
51 | break; | |
52 | case RegCommand: | |
53 | break; | |
54 | case RegMenuItem: | |
55 | break; | |
56 | default: | |
57 | break; | |
58 | } | |
59 | return 1; | |
60 | } | |
61 | ||
62 | extern int WaveArtistDispatch( Registrar & R, t_RegistrarDispatchType Type ) | |
63 | { | |
64 | switch( Type ) | |
65 | { | |
66 | case RegArtist: | |
67 | break; | |
68 | case RegDataType: | |
69 | break; | |
70 | case RegCommand: | |
71 | break; | |
72 | case RegMenuItem: | |
73 | break; | |
74 | default: | |
75 | break; | |
76 | } | |
77 | return 1; | |
78 | } | |
79 | ||
80 | int EnvelopeArtistDispatch( Registrar & R, t_RegistrarDispatchType Type ) | |
81 | { | |
82 | switch( Type ) | |
83 | { | |
84 | case RegArtist: | |
85 | break; | |
86 | case RegDataType: | |
87 | break; | |
88 | case RegCommand: | |
89 | break; | |
90 | case RegMenuItem: | |
91 | break; | |
92 | default: | |
93 | break; | |
94 | } | |
95 | return 1; | |
96 | } | |
97 | ||
98 | int LabelArtistDispatch( Registrar & R, t_RegistrarDispatchType Type ) | |
99 | { | |
100 | switch( Type ) | |
101 | { | |
102 | case RegArtist: | |
103 | break; | |
104 | case RegDataType: | |
105 | break; | |
106 | case RegCommand: | |
107 | break; | |
108 | case RegMenuItem: | |
109 | break; | |
110 | default: | |
111 | break; | |
112 | } | |
113 | return 1; | |
114 | } | |
115 | ||
116 | int DragGridSizerDispatch( Registrar & R, t_RegistrarDispatchType Type ) | |
117 | { | |
118 | switch( Type ) | |
119 | { | |
120 | case RegArtist: | |
121 | break; | |
122 | case RegDataType: | |
123 | break; | |
124 | case RegCommand: | |
125 | break; | |
126 | case RegMenuItem: | |
127 | break; | |
128 | default: | |
129 | break; | |
130 | } | |
131 | return 1; | |
132 | } | |
133 | ||
134 | ||
135 | ||
0 | /********************************************************************** | |
1 | ||
2 | Audacity: A Digital Audio Editor | |
3 | ||
4 | Registrar.cpp | |
5 | ||
6 | James Crook | |
7 | ||
8 | Audacity is free software. | |
9 | This file is licensed under the wxWidgets license, see License.txt | |
10 | ||
11 | ********************************************************************//** | |
12 | ||
13 | \class SkewedRuller | |
14 | \brief SkewedRuler draws a ruler for aligning two sequences. | |
15 | ||
16 | *//********************************************************************/ | |
17 | ||
18 | #include <wx/wx.h> | |
19 | #include "Registrar.h" | |
20 | #include "SkewedRuler.h" | |
21 | ||
22 | extern int SkewedRulerDispatch( Registrar & R, t_RegistrarDispatchType Type ) | |
23 | { | |
24 | switch( Type ) | |
25 | { | |
26 | case RegArtist: | |
27 | break; | |
28 | case RegDataType: | |
29 | break; | |
30 | case RegCommand: | |
31 | break; | |
32 | case RegMenuItem: | |
33 | break; | |
34 | default: | |
35 | break; | |
36 | } | |
37 | return 1; | |
38 | } | |
39 | ||
40 | ||
41 | // For now I've bunged these empty dispatch functions into the same | |
42 | // file as SkewedRuler. | |
43 | // When I am ready to work on them I will create new files for them. | |
44 | int MidiArtistDispatch( Registrar & R, t_RegistrarDispatchType Type ) | |
45 | { | |
46 | switch( Type ) | |
47 | { | |
48 | case RegArtist: | |
49 | break; | |
50 | case RegDataType: | |
51 | break; | |
52 | case RegCommand: | |
53 | break; | |
54 | case RegMenuItem: | |
55 | break; | |
56 | default: | |
57 | break; | |
58 | } | |
59 | return 1; | |
60 | } | |
61 | ||
62 | extern int WaveArtistDispatch( Registrar & R, t_RegistrarDispatchType Type ) | |
63 | { | |
64 | switch( Type ) | |
65 | { | |
66 | case RegArtist: | |
67 | break; | |
68 | case RegDataType: | |
69 | break; | |
70 | case RegCommand: | |
71 | break; | |
72 | case RegMenuItem: | |
73 | break; | |
74 | default: | |
75 | break; | |
76 | } | |
77 | return 1; | |
78 | } | |
79 | ||
80 | int EnvelopeArtistDispatch( Registrar & R, t_RegistrarDispatchType Type ) | |
81 | { | |
82 | switch( Type ) | |
83 | { | |
84 | case RegArtist: | |
85 | break; | |
86 | case RegDataType: | |
87 | break; | |
88 | case RegCommand: | |
89 | break; | |
90 | case RegMenuItem: | |
91 | break; | |
92 | default: | |
93 | break; | |
94 | } | |
95 | return 1; | |
96 | } | |
97 | ||
98 | int LabelArtistDispatch( Registrar & R, t_RegistrarDispatchType Type ) | |
99 | { | |
100 | switch( Type ) | |
101 | { | |
102 | case RegArtist: | |
103 | break; | |
104 | case RegDataType: | |
105 | break; | |
106 | case RegCommand: | |
107 | break; | |
108 | case RegMenuItem: | |
109 | break; | |
110 | default: | |
111 | break; | |
112 | } | |
113 | return 1; | |
114 | } | |
115 | ||
116 | int DragGridSizerDispatch( Registrar & R, t_RegistrarDispatchType Type ) | |
117 | { | |
118 | switch( Type ) | |
119 | { | |
120 | case RegArtist: | |
121 | break; | |
122 | case RegDataType: | |
123 | break; | |
124 | case RegCommand: | |
125 | break; | |
126 | case RegMenuItem: | |
127 | break; | |
128 | default: | |
129 | break; | |
130 | } | |
131 | return 1; | |
132 | } | |
133 | ||
134 | ||
135 |
0 | /********************************************************************** | |
1 | ||
2 | Audacity: A Digital Audio Editor | |
3 | ||
4 | SkewedRuler.h | |
5 | ||
6 | James Crook | |
7 | ||
8 | Draws a ruler used for aligning two time sequences. | |
9 | ||
10 | **********************************************************************/ | |
11 | ||
12 | #ifndef __AUDACITY_SKEWED_RULER__ | |
13 | #define __AUDACITY_SKEWED_RULER__ | |
14 | ||
15 | ||
16 | ||
17 | class SkewedRuler { | |
18 | public: | |
19 | ||
20 | }; | |
21 | ||
22 | #endif | |
0 | /********************************************************************** | |
1 | ||
2 | Audacity: A Digital Audio Editor | |
3 | ||
4 | SkewedRuler.h | |
5 | ||
6 | James Crook | |
7 | ||
8 | Draws a ruler used for aligning two time sequences. | |
9 | ||
10 | **********************************************************************/ | |
11 | ||
12 | #ifndef __AUDACITY_SKEWED_RULER__ | |
13 | #define __AUDACITY_SKEWED_RULER__ | |
14 | ||
15 | ||
16 | ||
17 | class SkewedRuler { | |
18 | public: | |
19 | ||
20 | }; | |
21 | ||
22 | #endif |
0 | /********************************************************************** | |
1 | ||
2 | Audacity: A Digital Audio Editor | |
3 | ||
4 | Registrar.cpp | |
5 | ||
6 | James Crook | |
7 | ||
8 | Audacity is free software. | |
9 | This file is licensed under the wxWidgets license, see License.txt | |
10 | ||
11 | ********************************************************************//** | |
12 | ||
13 | \class TrackPanel2 | |
14 | \brief TrackPanel2 is the start of the new TrackPanel. | |
15 | ||
16 | *//********************************************************************/ | |
17 | ||
18 | #include <wx/wx.h> | |
19 | #include "ShuttleGui.h" | |
20 | #include "widgets/LinkingHtmlWindow.h" | |
21 | #include "SkewedRuler.h" | |
22 | #include "Registrar.h" | |
23 | #include "TrackPanel2.h" | |
24 | ||
25 | TrackPanel * TrackPanel2Factory(wxWindow * parent, | |
26 | wxWindowID id, | |
27 | const wxPoint & pos, | |
28 | const wxSize & size, | |
29 | TrackList * tracks, | |
30 | ViewInfo * viewInfo, | |
31 | TrackPanelListener * listener, | |
32 | AdornedRulerPanel * ruler) | |
33 | { | |
34 | return new TrackPanel2( | |
35 | parent, | |
36 | id, | |
37 | pos, | |
38 | size, | |
39 | tracks, | |
40 | viewInfo, | |
41 | listener, | |
42 | ruler); | |
43 | } | |
44 | ||
45 | void ShowExtraDialog() | |
46 | { | |
47 | int k=42; | |
48 | ||
49 | wxDialog Dlg(NULL, wxID_ANY, wxString(wxT("Experimental Extra Dialog"))); | |
50 | ShuttleGui S(&Dlg, eIsCreating); | |
51 | S.StartNotebook(); | |
52 | { | |
53 | S.StartNotebookPage( _("Panel 1") ); | |
54 | S.StartVerticalLay(1); | |
55 | { | |
56 | HtmlWindow *html = new LinkingHtmlWindow(S.GetParent(), -1, | |
57 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
58 | wxSize(600, 359), | |
59 | wxHW_SCROLLBAR_AUTO | wxSUNKEN_BORDER); | |
60 | html->SetFocus(); | |
61 | html->SetPage(wxT("<h1><font color=\"blue\">An Html Window</font></h1>Replace with whatever you like.")); | |
62 | S.Prop(1).AddWindow( html, wxEXPAND ); | |
63 | } | |
64 | S.EndVerticalLay(); | |
65 | S.EndNotebookPage(); | |
66 | ||
67 | S.StartNotebookPage( _("Diagnostics") ); | |
68 | S.StartVerticalLay(1); | |
69 | { | |
70 | HtmlWindow *html = new LinkingHtmlWindow(S.GetParent(), -1, | |
71 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
72 | wxSize(600, 359), | |
73 | wxHW_SCROLLBAR_AUTO | wxSUNKEN_BORDER); | |
74 | html->SetFocus(); | |
75 | html->SetPage(wxT("<h1>Diagnostics</h1>This is an html diagnostics page")); | |
76 | S.Prop(1).AddWindow( html, wxEXPAND ); | |
77 | } | |
78 | S.EndVerticalLay(); | |
79 | S.EndNotebookPage(); | |
80 | } | |
81 | S.EndNotebook(); | |
82 | ||
83 | wxButton *ok = new wxButton(S.GetParent(), wxID_OK, _("OK... Audacious!")); | |
84 | ok->SetDefault(); | |
85 | S.Prop(0).AddWindow( ok ); | |
86 | ||
87 | Dlg.Fit(); | |
88 | ||
89 | Dlg.ShowModal(); | |
90 | } | |
91 | ||
92 | ||
93 | int TrackPanel2Dispatch( Registrar & R, t_RegistrarDispatchType Type ) | |
94 | { | |
95 | switch( Type ) | |
96 | { | |
97 | case RegResource: | |
98 | R.pShowFn = ShowExtraDialog; | |
99 | break; | |
100 | case RegArtist: | |
101 | break; | |
102 | case RegDataType: | |
103 | break; | |
104 | case RegCommand: | |
105 | break; | |
106 | case RegMenuItem: | |
107 | break; | |
108 | default: | |
109 | break; | |
110 | } | |
111 | return 1; | |
112 | } | |
113 | ||
114 | TrackPanel2::TrackPanel2( | |
115 | wxWindow * parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint & pos, const wxSize & size, | |
116 | TrackList * tracks, ViewInfo * viewInfo, TrackPanelListener * listener, | |
117 | AdornedRulerPanel * ruler) : | |
118 | TrackPanel( | |
119 | parent, id, pos, size, | |
120 | tracks, viewInfo, listener, ruler) | |
121 | { | |
122 | } | |
123 | ||
124 | ||
125 | // Here is a sample function that shows that TrackPanel2 is being invoked. | |
126 | void TrackPanel2::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent & event) | |
127 | { | |
128 | // Hmm... Log debug will only show if you open the log window. | |
129 | // wxLogDebug( wxT("Paint TrackPanel2 requested") ); | |
130 | TrackPanel::OnPaint( event ); | |
131 | } | |
132 | ||
0 | /********************************************************************** | |
1 | ||
2 | Audacity: A Digital Audio Editor | |
3 | ||
4 | Registrar.cpp | |
5 | ||
6 | James Crook | |
7 | ||
8 | Audacity is free software. | |
9 | This file is licensed under the wxWidgets license, see License.txt | |
10 | ||
11 | ********************************************************************//** | |
12 | ||
13 | \class TrackPanel2 | |
14 | \brief TrackPanel2 is the start of the new TrackPanel. | |
15 | ||
16 | *//********************************************************************/ | |
17 | ||
18 | #include <wx/wx.h> | |
19 | #include "ShuttleGui.h" | |
20 | #include "widgets/LinkingHtmlWindow.h" | |
21 | #include "SkewedRuler.h" | |
22 | #include "Registrar.h" | |
23 | #include "TrackPanel2.h" | |
24 | ||
25 | TrackPanel * TrackPanel2Factory(wxWindow * parent, | |
26 | wxWindowID id, | |
27 | const wxPoint & pos, | |
28 | const wxSize & size, | |
29 | TrackList * tracks, | |
30 | ViewInfo * viewInfo, | |
31 | TrackPanelListener * listener, | |
32 | AdornedRulerPanel * ruler) | |
33 | { | |
34 | return new TrackPanel2( | |
35 | parent, | |
36 | id, | |
37 | pos, | |
38 | size, | |
39 | tracks, | |
40 | viewInfo, | |
41 | listener, | |
42 | ruler); | |
43 | } | |
44 | ||
45 | void ShowExtraDialog() | |
46 | { | |
47 | int k=42; | |
48 | ||
49 | wxDialog Dlg(NULL, wxID_ANY, wxString(wxT("Experimental Extra Dialog"))); | |
50 | ShuttleGui S(&Dlg, eIsCreating); | |
51 | S.StartNotebook(); | |
52 | { | |
53 | S.StartNotebookPage( _("Panel 1") ); | |
54 | S.StartVerticalLay(1); | |
55 | { | |
56 | HtmlWindow *html = new LinkingHtmlWindow(S.GetParent(), -1, | |
57 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
58 | wxSize(600, 359), | |
59 | wxHW_SCROLLBAR_AUTO | wxSUNKEN_BORDER); | |
60 | html->SetFocus(); | |
61 | html->SetPage(wxT("<h1><font color=\"blue\">An Html Window</font></h1>Replace with whatever you like.")); | |
62 | S.Prop(1).AddWindow( html, wxEXPAND ); | |
63 | } | |
64 | S.EndVerticalLay(); | |
65 | S.EndNotebookPage(); | |
66 | ||
67 | S.StartNotebookPage( _("Diagnostics") ); | |
68 | S.StartVerticalLay(1); | |
69 | { | |
70 | HtmlWindow *html = new LinkingHtmlWindow(S.GetParent(), -1, | |
71 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
72 | wxSize(600, 359), | |
73 | wxHW_SCROLLBAR_AUTO | wxSUNKEN_BORDER); | |
74 | html->SetFocus(); | |
75 | html->SetPage(wxT("<h1>Diagnostics</h1>This is an html diagnostics page")); | |
76 | S.Prop(1).AddWindow( html, wxEXPAND ); | |
77 | } | |
78 | S.EndVerticalLay(); | |
79 | S.EndNotebookPage(); | |
80 | } | |
81 | S.EndNotebook(); | |
82 | ||
83 | wxButton *ok = new wxButton(S.GetParent(), wxID_OK, _("OK... Audacious!")); | |
84 | ok->SetDefault(); | |
85 | S.Prop(0).AddWindow( ok ); | |
86 | ||
87 | Dlg.Fit(); | |
88 | ||
89 | Dlg.ShowModal(); | |
90 | } | |
91 | ||
92 | ||
93 | int TrackPanel2Dispatch( Registrar & R, t_RegistrarDispatchType Type ) | |
94 | { | |
95 | switch( Type ) | |
96 | { | |
97 | case RegResource: | |
98 | R.pShowFn = ShowExtraDialog; | |
99 | break; | |
100 | case RegArtist: | |
101 | break; | |
102 | case RegDataType: | |
103 | break; | |
104 | case RegCommand: | |
105 | break; | |
106 | case RegMenuItem: | |
107 | break; | |
108 | default: | |
109 | break; | |
110 | } | |
111 | return 1; | |
112 | } | |
113 | ||
114 | TrackPanel2::TrackPanel2( | |
115 | wxWindow * parent, wxWindowID id, const wxPoint & pos, const wxSize & size, | |
116 | TrackList * tracks, ViewInfo * viewInfo, TrackPanelListener * listener, | |
117 | AdornedRulerPanel * ruler) : | |
118 | TrackPanel( | |
119 | parent, id, pos, size, | |
120 | tracks, viewInfo, listener, ruler) | |
121 | { | |
122 | } | |
123 | ||
124 | ||
125 | // Here is a sample function that shows that TrackPanel2 is being invoked. | |
126 | void TrackPanel2::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent & event) | |
127 | { | |
128 | // Hmm... Log debug will only show if you open the log window. | |
129 | // wxLogDebug( wxT("Paint TrackPanel2 requested") ); | |
130 | TrackPanel::OnPaint( event ); | |
131 | } | |
132 |
0 | /********************************************************************** | |
1 | ||
2 | Audacity: A Digital Audio Editor | |
3 | ||
4 | TrackPanel2.h | |
5 | ||
6 | James Crook | |
7 | ||
8 | **********************************************************************/ | |
9 | ||
10 | #ifndef __AUDACITY_TRACK_PANEL2__ | |
11 | #define __AUDACITY_TRACK_PANEL2__ | |
12 | ||
13 | #include "TrackPanel.h" | |
14 | ||
15 | class TrackPanel2 : public TrackPanel | |
16 | { | |
17 | public: | |
18 | TrackPanel2( | |
19 | wxWindow * parent, wxWindowID id, | |
20 | const wxPoint & pos, | |
21 | const wxSize & size, | |
22 | TrackList * tracks, | |
23 | ViewInfo * viewInfo, | |
24 | TrackPanelListener * listener, | |
25 | AdornedRulerPanel * ruler); | |
26 | ||
27 | // Upgrades an existing TrackPanel to a TrackPanel2 | |
28 | static void Upgrade( TrackPanel ** ppTrackPanel ); | |
29 | ||
30 | virtual void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent & event); | |
31 | }; | |
32 | ||
33 | // Factory function. | |
34 | TrackPanel * TrackPanel2Factory(wxWindow * parent, | |
35 | wxWindowID id, | |
36 | const wxPoint & pos, | |
37 | const wxSize & size, | |
38 | TrackList * tracks, | |
39 | ViewInfo * viewInfo, | |
40 | TrackPanelListener * listener, | |
41 | AdornedRulerPanel * ruler); | |
42 | ||
43 | #endif | |
0 | /********************************************************************** | |
1 | ||
2 | Audacity: A Digital Audio Editor | |
3 | ||
4 | TrackPanel2.h | |
5 | ||
6 | James Crook | |
7 | ||
8 | **********************************************************************/ | |
9 | ||
10 | #ifndef __AUDACITY_TRACK_PANEL2__ | |
11 | #define __AUDACITY_TRACK_PANEL2__ | |
12 | ||
13 | #include "TrackPanel.h" | |
14 | ||
15 | class TrackPanel2 : public TrackPanel | |
16 | { | |
17 | public: | |
18 | TrackPanel2( | |
19 | wxWindow * parent, wxWindowID id, | |
20 | const wxPoint & pos, | |
21 | const wxSize & size, | |
22 | TrackList * tracks, | |
23 | ViewInfo * viewInfo, | |
24 | TrackPanelListener * listener, | |
25 | AdornedRulerPanel * ruler); | |
26 | ||
27 | // Upgrades an existing TrackPanel to a TrackPanel2 | |
28 | static void Upgrade( TrackPanel ** ppTrackPanel ); | |
29 | ||
30 | virtual void OnPaint(wxPaintEvent & event); | |
31 | }; | |
32 | ||
33 | // Factory function. | |
34 | TrackPanel * TrackPanel2Factory(wxWindow * parent, | |
35 | wxWindowID id, | |
36 | const wxPoint & pos, | |
37 | const wxSize & size, | |
38 | TrackList * tracks, | |
39 | ViewInfo * viewInfo, | |
40 | TrackPanelListener * listener, | |
41 | AdornedRulerPanel * ruler); | |
42 | ||
43 | #endif |
0 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> | |
1 | <mime-info xmlns="http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/shared-mime-info"> | |
2 | <mime-type type="application/x-audacity-project"> | |
3 | <sub-class-of type="text/xml"/> | |
4 | <comment>Audacity project</comment> | |
5 | <glob pattern="*.aup"/> | |
6 | </mime-type> | |
7 | </mime-info> | |
0 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> | |
1 | <mime-info xmlns="http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/shared-mime-info"> | |
2 | <mime-type type="application/x-audacity-project"> | |
3 | <sub-class-of type="text/xml"/> | |
4 | <comment>Audacity project</comment> | |
5 | <glob pattern="*.aup"/> | |
6 | </mime-type> | |
7 | </mime-info> |
0 | /********************************************************************** | |
1 | ||
2 | Audacity: A Digital Audio Editor | |
3 | ||
4 | Effect/ScienFilter.cpp | |
5 | ||
6 | Norm C | |
7 | Mitch Golden | |
8 | Vaughan Johnson (Preview) | |
9 | ||
10 | *******************************************************************//** | |
11 | ||
12 | \file ScienFilter.cpp | |
13 | \brief Implements EffectScienFilter, ScienFilterDialog, | |
14 | ScienFilterPanel. | |
15 | ||
16 | *//****************************************************************//** | |
17 | ||
18 | \class EffectScienFilter | |
19 | \brief An Effect. | |
20 | ||
21 | Performs IIR filtering that emulates analog filters, specifically | |
22 | Butterworth, Chebyshev Type I and Type II. Highpass and lowpass filters | |
23 | are supported, as are filter orders from 1 to 10. | |
24 | ||
25 | The filter is applied using biquads | |
26 | ||
27 | *//****************************************************************//** | |
28 | ||
29 | \class ScienFilterDialog | |
30 | \brief Dialog used with EffectScienFilter | |
31 | ||
32 | *//****************************************************************//** | |
33 | ||
34 | \class ScienFilterPanel | |
35 | \brief ScienFilterPanel is used with ScienFilterDialog and controls | |
36 | a graph for EffectScienFilter. | |
37 | ||
38 | *//*******************************************************************/ | |
39 | ||
40 | #include "../Audacity.h" | |
41 | #include "ScienFilter.h" | |
42 | #include "Equalization.h" // For SliderAx | |
43 | #include "../AColor.h" | |
44 | #include "../ShuttleGui.h" | |
45 | #include "../PlatformCompatibility.h" | |
46 | #include "../Prefs.h" | |
47 | #include "../Project.h" | |
48 | #include "../WaveTrack.h" | |
49 | #include "../widgets/Ruler.h" | |
50 | #include "../Theme.h" | |
51 | #include "../AllThemeResources.h" | |
52 | #include "../WaveTrack.h" | |
53 | #include "float_cast.h" | |
54 | ||
55 | #include <wx/bitmap.h> | |
56 | #include <wx/msgdlg.h> | |
57 | #include <wx/brush.h> | |
58 | #include <wx/dcmemory.h> | |
59 | #include <wx/event.h> | |
60 | #include <wx/image.h> | |
61 | #include <wx/intl.h> | |
62 | #include <wx/stattext.h> | |
63 | #include <wx/string.h> | |
64 | #include <wx/textdlg.h> | |
65 | #include <wx/stdpaths.h> | |
66 | #include <wx/settings.h> | |
67 | ||
68 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
69 | #include <wx/tooltip.h> | |
70 | #endif | |
71 | #include <wx/utils.h> | |
72 | ||
73 | #include <math.h> | |
74 | ||
75 | #include <wx/arrimpl.cpp> | |
76 | ||
77 | #define PI 3.1415926535 | |
78 | #define square(a) ((a)*(a)) | |
79 | ||
80 | #ifndef __min | |
81 | #define __min(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) | |
82 | #endif | |
83 | #ifndef __max | |
84 | #define __max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) | |
85 | #endif | |
86 | ||
87 | // Local functions | |
88 | ||
89 | void EffectScienFilter::ReadPrefs() | |
90 | { | |
91 | double dTemp; | |
92 | gPrefs->Read(wxT("/SciFilter/Order"), &mOrder, 1); | |
93 | mOrder = __max (1, mOrder); | |
94 | mOrder = __min (MAX_FILTER_ORDER, mOrder); | |
95 | gPrefs->Read(wxT("/SciFilter/FilterType"), &mFilterType, 0); | |
96 | mFilterType = __max (0, mFilterType); | |
97 | mFilterType = __min (2, mFilterType); | |
98 | gPrefs->Read(wxT("/SciFilter/FilterSubtype"), &mFilterSubtype, 0); | |
99 | mFilterSubtype = __max (0, mFilterSubtype); | |
100 | mFilterSubtype = __min (1, mFilterSubtype); | |
101 | gPrefs->Read(wxT("/SciFilter/Cutoff"), &dTemp, 1000.0); | |
102 | mCutoff = (float)dTemp; | |
103 | mCutoff = __max (1, mCutoff); | |
104 | mCutoff = __min (100000, mCutoff); | |
105 | gPrefs->Read(wxT("/SciFilter/Ripple"), &dTemp, 1.0); | |
106 | mRipple = dTemp; | |
107 | mRipple = __max (0, mRipple); | |
108 | mRipple = __min (100, mRipple); | |
109 | gPrefs->Read(wxT("/SciFilter/StopbandRipple"), &dTemp, 30.0); | |
110 | mStopbandRipple = dTemp; | |
111 | mStopbandRipple = __max (0, mStopbandRipple); | |
112 | mStopbandRipple = __min (100, mStopbandRipple); | |
113 | } | |
114 | ||
115 | EffectScienFilter::EffectScienFilter() | |
116 | { | |
117 | ReadPrefs(); | |
118 | mPrompting = false; | |
119 | } | |
120 | ||
121 | ||
122 | EffectScienFilter::~EffectScienFilter() | |
123 | { | |
124 | } | |
125 | ||
126 | bool EffectScienFilter::Init() | |
127 | { | |
128 | int selcount = 0; | |
129 | double rate = 0.0; | |
130 | TrackListIterator iter(GetActiveProject()->GetTracks()); | |
131 | Track *t = iter.First(); | |
132 | while (t) { | |
133 | if (t->GetSelected() && t->GetKind() == Track::Wave) { | |
134 | WaveTrack *track = (WaveTrack *)t; | |
135 | if (selcount==0) { | |
136 | rate = track->GetRate(); | |
137 | } | |
138 | else { | |
139 | if (track->GetRate() != rate) { | |
140 | wxMessageBox(_("To apply a filter, all selected tracks must have the same sample rate.")); | |
141 | return(false); | |
142 | } | |
143 | } | |
144 | selcount++; | |
145 | } | |
146 | t = iter.Next(); | |
147 | } | |
148 | return(true);} | |
149 | ||
150 | bool EffectScienFilter::PromptUser() | |
151 | { | |
152 | // Detect whether we are editing a batch chain by checking the parent window | |
153 | mEditingBatchParams = (mParent != GetActiveProject()); | |
154 | if (!mEditingBatchParams) | |
155 | { | |
156 | ReadPrefs(); | |
157 | } | |
158 | ||
159 | TrackListOfKindIterator iter(Track::Wave, mTracks); | |
160 | WaveTrack *t = (WaveTrack *) iter.First(); | |
161 | float hiFreq; | |
162 | if (t) | |
163 | hiFreq = ((float)(t->GetRate())/2.); | |
164 | else | |
165 | hiFreq = ((float)(GetActiveProject()->GetRate())/2.); | |
166 | ||
167 | ScienFilterDialog dlog(this, ((double)loFreqI), hiFreq, mParent, -1, _("Classic Filters")); | |
168 | ||
169 | dlog.dBMin = mdBMin; | |
170 | dlog.dBMax = mdBMax; | |
171 | dlog.Order = mOrder; | |
172 | dlog.Cutoff = mCutoff; | |
173 | dlog.FilterType = mFilterType; | |
174 | dlog.FilterSubtype = mFilterSubtype; | |
175 | dlog.Ripple = mRipple; | |
176 | dlog.StopbandRipple = mStopbandRipple; | |
177 | ||
178 | dlog.CentreOnParent(); | |
179 | ||
180 | mPrompting = true; // true when previewing, false in batch | |
181 | dlog.ShowModal(); | |
182 | mPrompting = false; | |
183 | ||
184 | if (!dlog.GetReturnCode()) | |
185 | return false; | |
186 | ||
187 | mdBMin = dlog.dBMin; | |
188 | mdBMax = dlog.dBMax; | |
189 | mOrder = dlog.Order; | |
190 | mCutoff = dlog.Cutoff; | |
191 | mFilterType = dlog.FilterType; | |
192 | mFilterSubtype = dlog.FilterSubtype; | |
193 | mRipple = dlog.Ripple; | |
194 | mStopbandRipple = dlog.StopbandRipple; | |
195 | ||
196 | if (!mEditingBatchParams) | |
197 | { | |
198 | // Save preferences | |
199 | gPrefs->Write(wxT("/SciFilter/Order"), mOrder); | |
200 | gPrefs->Write(wxT("/SciFilter/FilterType"), mFilterType); | |
201 | gPrefs->Write(wxT("/SciFilter/FilterSubtype"), mFilterSubtype); | |
202 | gPrefs->Write(wxT("/SciFilter/Cutoff"), mCutoff); | |
203 | gPrefs->Write(wxT("/SciFilter/Ripple"), mRipple); | |
204 | gPrefs->Write(wxT("/SciFilter/StopbandRipple"), mStopbandRipple); | |
205 | gPrefs->Flush(); | |
206 | } | |
207 | ||
208 | return true; | |
209 | } | |
210 | ||
211 | bool EffectScienFilter::DontPromptUser() | |
212 | { | |
213 | TrackListOfKindIterator iter(Track::Wave, mTracks); | |
214 | WaveTrack *t = (WaveTrack *) iter.First(); | |
215 | float hiFreq; | |
216 | if (t) | |
217 | hiFreq = ((float)(t->GetRate())/2.); | |
218 | else | |
219 | hiFreq = ((float)(GetActiveProject()->GetRate())/2.); | |
220 | /*i18n-hint: 'Classic Filters' is an audio effect. It's a low-pass or high-pass | |
221 | filter with specfic characteristics. */ | |
222 | ScienFilterDialog dlog(this, ((double)loFreqI), hiFreq, NULL, -1, _("Classic Filters")); | |
223 | dlog.dBMin = mdBMin; | |
224 | dlog.dBMax = mdBMax; | |
225 | dlog.Order = mOrder; | |
226 | dlog.Cutoff = mCutoff; | |
227 | dlog.FilterType = mFilterType; | |
228 | dlog.FilterSubtype = mFilterSubtype; | |
229 | dlog.Ripple = mRipple; | |
230 | ||
231 | dlog.CalcFilter(this); | |
232 | ||
233 | return true; | |
234 | } | |
235 | ||
236 | bool EffectScienFilter::TransferParameters( Shuttle & shuttle ) | |
237 | { | |
238 | // if shuttle.mbStoreInClient is true, read prefs ScienFilter/FilterType (etc.) string and put into mFilterType (etc.) | |
239 | // else put mFilterType (etc.) into string form and write prefs | |
240 | shuttle.TransferInt(wxT("FilterType"),mFilterType,0); | |
241 | shuttle.TransferInt(wxT("FilterSubtype"),mFilterSubtype,0); // etc. | |
242 | shuttle.TransferInt(wxT("Order"),mOrder,2); | |
243 | shuttle.TransferFloat(wxT("Cutoff"),mCutoff,1000); | |
244 | shuttle.TransferFloat(wxT("PassbandRipple"),mRipple,1); | |
245 | shuttle.TransferFloat(wxT("StopbandRipple"),mStopbandRipple,30); | |
246 | ||
247 | if(!mPrompting) | |
248 | DontPromptUser(); // not previewing, ie batch mode or initial setup | |
249 | return true; | |
250 | } | |
251 | ||
252 | bool EffectScienFilter::Process() | |
253 | { | |
254 | this->CopyInputTracks(); // Set up mOutputTracks. | |
255 | bool bGoodResult = true; | |
256 | ||
257 | SelectedTrackListOfKindIterator iter(Track::Wave, mOutputTracks); | |
258 | WaveTrack *track = (WaveTrack *) iter.First(); | |
259 | int count = 0; | |
260 | while (track) | |
261 | { | |
262 | double trackStart = track->GetStartTime(); | |
263 | double trackEnd = track->GetEndTime(); | |
264 | double t0 = mT0 < trackStart? trackStart: mT0; | |
265 | double t1 = mT1 > trackEnd? trackEnd: mT1; | |
266 | ||
267 | if (t1 > t0) { | |
268 | sampleCount start = track->TimeToLongSamples(t0); | |
269 | sampleCount end = track->TimeToLongSamples(t1); | |
270 | sampleCount len = (sampleCount)(end - start); | |
271 | ||
272 | if (!ProcessOne(count, track, start, len)) | |
273 | { | |
274 | bGoodResult = false; | |
275 | break; | |
276 | } | |
277 | } | |
278 | ||
279 | track = (WaveTrack *) iter.Next(); | |
280 | count++; | |
281 | } | |
282 | ||
283 | this->ReplaceProcessedTracks(bGoodResult); | |
284 | return bGoodResult; | |
285 | } | |
286 | ||
287 | ||
288 | bool EffectScienFilter::ProcessOne(int count, WaveTrack * t, | |
289 | sampleCount start, sampleCount len) | |
290 | { | |
291 | // Create a new WaveTrack to hold all of the output | |
292 | AudacityProject *p = GetActiveProject(); | |
293 | WaveTrack *output = p->GetTrackFactory()->NewWaveTrack(floatSample, t->GetRate()); | |
294 | ||
295 | sampleCount s = start; | |
296 | sampleCount idealBlockLen = t->GetMaxBlockSize(); | |
297 | float *buffer = new float[idealBlockLen]; | |
298 | sampleCount originalLen = len; | |
299 | ||
300 | TrackProgress(count, 0.0); | |
301 | bool bLoopSuccess = true; | |
302 | ||
303 | for (int iPair = 0; iPair < (mOrder+1)/2; iPair++) | |
304 | mpBiquad [iPair]->fPrevIn = mpBiquad [iPair]->fPrevPrevIn = mpBiquad [iPair]->fPrevOut = mpBiquad [iPair]->fPrevPrevOut = 0; | |
305 | ||
306 | while(len) | |
307 | { | |
308 | sampleCount block = idealBlockLen; | |
309 | if (block > len) | |
310 | block = len; | |
311 | ||
312 | t->Get((samplePtr)buffer, floatSample, s, block); | |
313 | ||
314 | for (int iPair = 0; iPair < (mOrder+1)/2; iPair++) | |
315 | { | |
316 | mpBiquad[iPair]->pfIn = buffer; | |
317 | mpBiquad[iPair]->pfOut = buffer; | |
318 | Biquad_Process (mpBiquad[iPair], block); | |
319 | } | |
320 | output->Append ((samplePtr)buffer, floatSample, block); | |
321 | len -= block; | |
322 | s += block; | |
323 | ||
324 | if (TrackProgress (count, (s-start)/(double)originalLen)) | |
325 | { | |
326 | bLoopSuccess = false; | |
327 | break; | |
328 | } | |
329 | } | |
330 | if (bLoopSuccess) | |
331 | { | |
332 | output->Flush(); | |
333 | // Now move the appropriate bit of the output back to the track | |
334 | float *bigBuffer = new float[originalLen]; | |
335 | output->Get((samplePtr)bigBuffer, floatSample, 0, originalLen); | |
336 | t->Set((samplePtr)bigBuffer, floatSample, start, originalLen); | |
337 | delete[] bigBuffer; | |
338 | } | |
339 | ||
340 | delete[] buffer; | |
341 | delete output; | |
342 | ||
343 | return bLoopSuccess; | |
344 | } | |
345 | ||
346 | void EffectScienFilter::Filter(sampleCount WXUNUSED(len), | |
347 | float *WXUNUSED(buffer)) | |
348 | { | |
349 | } | |
350 | ||
351 | ||
352 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
353 | // ScienFilterPanel | |
354 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
355 | ||
356 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(ScienFilterPanel, wxPanel) | |
357 | EVT_PAINT(ScienFilterPanel::OnPaint) | |
358 | EVT_SIZE(ScienFilterPanel::OnSize) | |
359 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
360 | ||
361 | ScienFilterPanel::ScienFilterPanel( double loFreq, double hiFreq, | |
362 | ScienFilterDialog *parent, | |
363 | wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size): | |
364 | wxPanel(parent, id, pos, size) | |
365 | { | |
366 | mBitmap = NULL; | |
367 | mWidth = 0; | |
368 | mHeight = 0; | |
369 | mLoFreq = loFreq; | |
370 | mHiFreq = hiFreq; | |
371 | mParent = parent; | |
372 | } | |
373 | ||
374 | ScienFilterPanel::~ScienFilterPanel() | |
375 | { | |
376 | if (mBitmap) | |
377 | delete mBitmap; | |
378 | } | |
379 | ||
380 | void ScienFilterPanel::OnSize(wxSizeEvent & WXUNUSED(evt)) | |
381 | { | |
382 | Refresh( false ); | |
383 | } | |
384 | ||
385 | void ScienFilterPanel::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent & WXUNUSED(evt)) | |
386 | { | |
387 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
388 | int width, height; | |
389 | GetSize(&width, &height); | |
390 | ||
391 | if (!mBitmap || mWidth!=width || mHeight!=height) | |
392 | { | |
393 | if (mBitmap) | |
394 | delete mBitmap; | |
395 | ||
396 | mWidth = width; | |
397 | mHeight = height; | |
398 | mBitmap = new wxBitmap(mWidth, mHeight); | |
399 | } | |
400 | ||
401 | wxBrush bkgndBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE)); | |
402 | ||
403 | wxMemoryDC memDC; | |
404 | memDC.SelectObject(*mBitmap); | |
405 | ||
406 | wxRect bkgndRect; | |
407 | bkgndRect.x = 0; | |
408 | bkgndRect.y = 0; | |
409 | bkgndRect.width = mWidth; | |
410 | bkgndRect.height = mHeight; | |
411 | memDC.SetBrush(bkgndBrush); | |
412 | memDC.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
413 | memDC.DrawRectangle(bkgndRect); | |
414 | ||
415 | bkgndRect.y = mHeight; | |
416 | memDC.DrawRectangle(bkgndRect); | |
417 | ||
418 | wxRect border; | |
419 | border.x = 0; | |
420 | border.y = 0; | |
421 | border.width = mWidth; | |
422 | border.height = mHeight; | |
423 | ||
424 | memDC.SetBrush(*wxWHITE_BRUSH); | |
425 | memDC.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); | |
426 | memDC.DrawRectangle(border); | |
427 | ||
428 | mEnvRect = border; | |
429 | mEnvRect.Deflate(2, 2); | |
430 | ||
431 | // Pure blue x-axis line | |
432 | memDC.SetPen(wxPen(theTheme.Colour( clrGraphLines ), 1, wxSOLID)); | |
433 | int center = (int) (mEnvRect.height * dBMax/(dBMax-dBMin) + .5); | |
434 | AColor::Line(memDC, | |
435 | mEnvRect.GetLeft(), mEnvRect.y + center, | |
436 | mEnvRect.GetRight(), mEnvRect.y + center); | |
437 | ||
438 | //Now draw the actual response that you will get. | |
439 | //mFilterFunc has a linear scale, window has a log one so we have to fiddle about | |
440 | memDC.SetPen(wxPen(theTheme.Colour( clrResponseLines ), 3, wxSOLID)); | |
441 | double scale = (double)mEnvRect.height/(dBMax-dBMin); // pixels per dB | |
442 | double yF; // gain at this freq | |
443 | ||
444 | double loLog = log10(mLoFreq); | |
445 | double step = log10(mHiFreq) - loLog; | |
446 | step /= ((double)mEnvRect.width-1.); | |
447 | double freq; // actual freq corresponding to x position | |
448 | int x, y, xlast = 0, ylast = 0; | |
449 | for(int i=0; i<mEnvRect.width; i++) | |
450 | { | |
451 | x = mEnvRect.x + i; | |
452 | freq = pow(10., loLog + i*step); //Hz | |
453 | yF = mParent->FilterMagnAtFreq (freq); | |
454 | yF = 20*log10(yF); | |
455 | ||
456 | if(yF < dBMin) | |
457 | yF = dBMin; | |
458 | yF = center-scale*yF; | |
459 | if(yF>mEnvRect.height) | |
460 | yF = mEnvRect.height - 1; | |
461 | if(yF<0.) | |
462 | yF=0.; | |
463 | y = (int)(yF+.5); | |
464 | ||
465 | if (i != 0 && (y < mEnvRect.height-1 || ylast < mEnvRect.y + mEnvRect.height-1)) | |
466 | { | |
467 | AColor::Line (memDC, xlast, ylast, x, mEnvRect.y + y); | |
468 | } | |
469 | xlast = x; | |
470 | ylast = mEnvRect.y + y; | |
471 | } | |
472 | ||
473 | memDC.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); | |
474 | mParent->freqRuler->ruler.DrawGrid(memDC, mEnvRect.height+2, true, true, 0, 1); | |
475 | mParent->dBRuler->ruler.DrawGrid(memDC, mEnvRect.width+2, true, true, 1, 2); | |
476 | ||
477 | dc.Blit(0, 0, mWidth, mHeight, | |
478 | &memDC, 0, 0, wxCOPY, FALSE); | |
479 | } | |
480 | ||
481 | ||
482 | // WDR: class implementations | |
483 | ||
484 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
485 | // ScienFilterDialog | |
486 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
487 | ||
488 | // WDR: event table for ScienFilterDialog | |
489 | ||
490 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(ScienFilterDialog,wxDialog) | |
491 | EVT_SIZE( ScienFilterDialog::OnSize ) | |
492 | EVT_PAINT( ScienFilterDialog::OnPaint ) | |
493 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( ScienFilterDialog::OnErase ) | |
494 | ||
495 | EVT_SLIDER( ID_DBMAX, ScienFilterDialog::OnSliderDBMAX ) | |
496 | EVT_SLIDER( ID_DBMIN, ScienFilterDialog::OnSliderDBMIN ) | |
497 | EVT_CHOICE( ID_FILTER_ORDER, ScienFilterDialog::OnOrder) | |
498 | EVT_CHOICE( ID_FILTER_TYPE, ScienFilterDialog::OnFilterType) | |
499 | EVT_CHOICE( ID_FILTER_SUBTYPE, ScienFilterDialog::OnFilterSubtype) | |
500 | EVT_TEXT( ID_CUTOFF, ScienFilterDialog::OnCutoff) | |
501 | EVT_TEXT( ID_RIPPLE, ScienFilterDialog::OnRipple) | |
502 | EVT_TEXT( ID_STOPBAND_RIPPLE, ScienFilterDialog::OnStopbandRipple) | |
503 | ||
504 | EVT_BUTTON( ID_EFFECT_PREVIEW, ScienFilterDialog::OnPreview ) | |
505 | EVT_BUTTON( wxID_OK, ScienFilterDialog::OnOk ) | |
506 | EVT_BUTTON( wxID_CANCEL, ScienFilterDialog::OnCancel ) | |
507 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
508 | ||
509 | ScienFilterDialog::ScienFilterDialog(EffectScienFilter * effect, | |
510 | double loFreq, double hiFreq, | |
511 | wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
512 | const wxString &title, | |
513 | const wxPoint &position, | |
514 | const wxSize& size, | |
515 | long style): | |
516 | wxDialog( parent, id, title, position, size, style | wxRESIZE_BORDER | wxMAXIMIZE_BOX ) | |
517 | { | |
518 | m_pEffect = effect; | |
519 | ||
520 | dBMin = -30.; | |
521 | dBMax = 30; | |
522 | ||
523 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
524 | wxToolTip::Enable(true); | |
525 | #endif | |
526 | ||
527 | mLoFreq = loFreq; | |
528 | mNyquist = hiFreq; | |
529 | ||
530 | memset (effect->mpBiquad, 0, sizeof(effect->mpBiquad)); | |
531 | for (int i = 0; i < MAX_FILTER_ORDER/2; i++) | |
532 | { | |
533 | effect->mpBiquad[i] = (BiquadStruct*)calloc (sizeof (BiquadStruct), 1); | |
534 | effect->mpBiquad[i]->fNumerCoeffs [0] = 1.0; // straight-through | |
535 | } | |
536 | ||
537 | // Create the dialog | |
538 | MakeScienFilterDialog(); | |
539 | } | |
540 | ||
541 | ScienFilterDialog::~ScienFilterDialog() | |
542 | { | |
543 | } | |
544 | ||
545 | // | |
546 | // Create the ScienFilter dialog | |
547 | // | |
548 | void ScienFilterDialog::MakeScienFilterDialog() | |
549 | { | |
550 | wxStaticText *st; | |
551 | wxSizerFlags flagslabel; | |
552 | wxSizerFlags flagsunits; | |
553 | ||
554 | mCutoffCtl = NULL; | |
555 | mRippleCtl = NULL; | |
556 | mStopbandRippleCtl = NULL; | |
557 | ||
558 | // TODO: This code would be more readable if using ShuttleGUI. | |
559 | // Some updates to ShuttleGui would help this. | |
560 | ||
561 | // Create the base sizer | |
562 | szrV = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); | |
563 | ||
564 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
565 | // ROW 1: Freq response panel and sliders for vertical scale | |
566 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
567 | szr1 = new wxFlexGridSizer( 3, 0, 0 ); | |
568 | szr1->AddGrowableCol( 2, 1 ); | |
569 | szr1->AddGrowableRow( 0, 1 ); | |
570 | szr1->SetFlexibleDirection( wxBOTH ); | |
571 | ||
572 | szr2 = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); | |
573 | dBMaxSlider = new wxSlider(this, ID_DBMAX, 10, 0, 20, | |
574 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxSL_VERTICAL|wxSL_INVERSE); | |
575 | szr2->Add( dBMaxSlider, 1, wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL, 4 ); | |
576 | dBMinSlider = new wxSlider(this, ID_DBMIN, -10, -120, -10, | |
577 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxSL_VERTICAL|wxSL_INVERSE); | |
578 | szr2->Add( dBMinSlider, 1, wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL, 4 ); | |
579 | szr1->Add( szr2, 0, wxEXPAND|wxALIGN_CENTRE|wxALL, 4 ); | |
580 | ||
581 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY | |
582 | dBMaxSlider->SetName(_("Max dB")); | |
583 | dBMaxSlider->SetAccessible(new SliderAx(dBMaxSlider, wxString(wxT("%d ")) + _("dB"))); | |
584 | dBMinSlider->SetName(_("Min dB")); | |
585 | dBMinSlider->SetAccessible(new SliderAx(dBMinSlider, wxString(wxT("%d ")) + _("dB"))); | |
586 | #endif | |
587 | ||
588 | dBRuler = new RulerPanel(this, wxID_ANY); | |
589 | dBRuler->ruler.SetBounds(0, 0, 100, 100); // Ruler can't handle small sizes | |
590 | dBRuler->ruler.SetOrientation(wxVERTICAL); | |
591 | dBRuler->ruler.SetRange(30.0, -120.0); | |
592 | dBRuler->ruler.SetFormat(Ruler::LinearDBFormat); | |
593 | dBRuler->ruler.SetUnits(_("dB")); | |
594 | dBRuler->ruler.SetLabelEdges(true); | |
595 | int w, h; | |
596 | dBRuler->ruler.GetMaxSize(&w, NULL); | |
597 | dBRuler->SetSize(wxSize(w, 150)); // height needed for wxGTK | |
598 | ||
599 | szr4 = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); | |
600 | szr4->AddSpacer(2); // vertical space for panel border and thickness of line | |
601 | szr4->Add( dBRuler, 1, wxEXPAND|wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALL ); | |
602 | szr4->AddSpacer(1); // vertical space for thickness of line | |
603 | szr1->Add( szr4, 0, wxEXPAND|wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALL ); | |
604 | ||
605 | wxSize size; | |
606 | size.Set (400, 200); | |
607 | mPanel = new ScienFilterPanel( mLoFreq, mNyquist, | |
608 | this, | |
609 | ID_FILTERPANEL, wxDefaultPosition, size); | |
610 | szr1->Add( mPanel, 1, wxEXPAND|wxALIGN_CENTRE|wxRIGHT, 4); | |
611 | ||
612 | /// Next row of wxFlexGridSizer | |
613 | szr1->Add(1, 1); // horizontal spacer | |
614 | szr1->Add(1, 1); // horizontal spacer | |
615 | ||
616 | freqRuler = new RulerPanel(this, wxID_ANY); | |
617 | freqRuler->ruler.SetBounds(0, 0, 100, 100); // Ruler can't handle small sizes | |
618 | freqRuler->ruler.SetOrientation(wxHORIZONTAL); | |
619 | freqRuler->ruler.SetLog(true); | |
620 | freqRuler->ruler.SetRange(mLoFreq, mNyquist); | |
621 | freqRuler->ruler.SetFormat(Ruler::IntFormat); | |
622 | freqRuler->ruler.SetUnits(wxT("")); | |
623 | freqRuler->ruler.SetFlip(true); | |
624 | freqRuler->ruler.SetLabelEdges(true); | |
625 | freqRuler->ruler.GetMaxSize(NULL, &h); | |
626 | freqRuler->SetMinSize(wxSize(-1, h)); | |
627 | szr1->Add( freqRuler, 0, wxEXPAND|wxALIGN_LEFT|wxRIGHT, 4 ); | |
628 | ||
629 | szrV->Add( szr1, 1, wxEXPAND|wxALIGN_CENTER|wxALL, 0 ); | |
630 | ||
631 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
632 | // ROW 2 and 3: Type, Order, Ripple, Subtype, Cutoff | |
633 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
634 | szr3 = new wxFlexGridSizer (6, 5, 2); // 6 columns, 5px Vertical gap, 2px Horizontal gap | |
635 | flagslabel.Border(wxLEFT, 12).Align(wxALIGN_RIGHT | wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL ); | |
636 | flagsunits.Align( wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL ); | |
637 | ||
638 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("&Filter Type:")); | |
639 | st->SetName(wxStripMenuCodes(st->GetLabel())); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
640 | szr3->Add(st, flagslabel ); | |
641 | mFilterTypeCtl = new wxChoice (this, ID_FILTER_TYPE); | |
642 | mFilterTypeCtl->SetName(wxStripMenuCodes(st->GetLabel())); | |
643 | /*i18n-hint: Butterworth is the name of the person after whom the filter type is named.*/ | |
644 | mFilterTypeCtl->Append (_("Butterworth")); | |
645 | /*i18n-hint: Chebyshev is the name of the person after whom the filter type is named.*/ | |
646 | mFilterTypeCtl->Append (_("Chebyshev Type I")); | |
647 | /*i18n-hint: Chebyshev is the name of the person after whom the filter type is named.*/ | |
648 | mFilterTypeCtl->Append (_("Chebyshev Type II")); | |
649 | szr3->Add(mFilterTypeCtl); | |
650 | ||
651 | /*i18n-hint: 'Order' means the complexity of the filter, and is a number between 1 and 10.*/ | |
652 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("O&rder:")); | |
653 | st->SetName(wxStripMenuCodes(st->GetLabel())); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
654 | szr3->Add(st, flagslabel ); | |
655 | mFilterOrderCtl = new wxChoice (this, ID_FILTER_ORDER); | |
656 | mFilterOrderCtl->SetName(wxStripMenuCodes(st->GetLabel())); | |
657 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("1")); | |
658 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("2")); | |
659 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("3")); | |
660 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("4")); | |
661 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("5")); | |
662 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("6")); | |
663 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("7")); | |
664 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("8")); | |
665 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("9")); | |
666 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("10")); | |
667 | szr3->Add(mFilterOrderCtl); | |
668 | ||
669 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, wxT("")); | |
670 | st->SetName(wxT("")); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
671 | szr3->Add(st); // empty field in grid to balance Hz in next row | |
672 | ||
673 | szrPass = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); | |
674 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("&Passband Ripple:")); | |
675 | st->SetName(wxStripMenuCodes(st->GetLabel())); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
676 | szrPass->Add(st, flagslabel); | |
677 | wxSize Size(wxDefaultSize); | |
678 | Size.SetWidth (40); | |
679 | mRippleCtl = new wxTextCtrl (this, ID_RIPPLE, wxT("0.0"), wxDefaultPosition, Size); | |
680 | mRippleCtl->SetName( _("Maximum passband attenuation (dB):")); | |
681 | szrPass->Add(mRippleCtl, 0 ); | |
682 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("dB")); | |
683 | st->SetName(st->GetLabel()); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
684 | szrPass->Add(st, flagsunits); | |
685 | szr3->Add(szrPass); | |
686 | ||
687 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("&Subtype:")); | |
688 | szr3->Add(st, flagslabel); | |
689 | st->SetName(wxStripMenuCodes(st->GetLabel())); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
690 | mFilterSubTypeCtl = new wxChoice (this, ID_FILTER_SUBTYPE); | |
691 | mFilterSubTypeCtl->SetName(wxStripMenuCodes(st->GetLabel())); | |
692 | mFilterSubTypeCtl->Append (_("Lowpass")); | |
693 | mFilterSubTypeCtl->Append (_("Highpass")); | |
694 | szr3->Add(mFilterSubTypeCtl); | |
695 | ||
696 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("C&utoff:")); | |
697 | st->SetName(wxStripMenuCodes(st->GetLabel())); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
698 | szr3->Add(st, flagslabel); | |
699 | Size.SetWidth (50); | |
700 | mCutoffCtl = new wxTextCtrl (this, ID_CUTOFF, wxT("0.0"), wxDefaultPosition, Size); | |
701 | mCutoffCtl->SetName(_("Cutoff(Hz):")); | |
702 | szr3->Add(mCutoffCtl, 0); | |
703 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("Hz")); | |
704 | st->SetName(st->GetLabel()); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
705 | szr3->Add(st, flagsunits); | |
706 | ||
707 | szrStop = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); | |
708 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("Minimum S&topband Attenuation:") ); | |
709 | st->SetName(wxStripMenuCodes(st->GetLabel())); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
710 | szrStop->Add( st, flagslabel ); | |
711 | Size.SetWidth (40); | |
712 | mStopbandRippleCtl = new wxTextCtrl (this, ID_STOPBAND_RIPPLE, wxT("0.0"), wxDefaultPosition, Size); | |
713 | mStopbandRippleCtl->SetName(_("Minimum stopband attenuation (dB):")); | |
714 | szrStop->Add(mStopbandRippleCtl, 0 ); | |
715 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("dB")); | |
716 | st->SetName(st->GetLabel()); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
717 | szrStop->Add(st, flagsunits); | |
718 | szr3->Add(szrStop); | |
719 | ||
720 | // Calculate the min size with both pass and stop-band attenuations showing, to stop them jumping around | |
721 | szrPass->Show(true); | |
722 | szrStop->Show(true); | |
723 | szr3->SetMinSize(szr3->CalcMin()); | |
724 | ||
725 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
726 | // ROW 4: Subtype, Cutoff | |
727 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
728 | ||
729 | szrV->Add( szr3, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER | wxALL, 4 ); | |
730 | ||
731 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
732 | // ROW 5: Preview, OK, & Cancel buttons | |
733 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
734 | szrV->Add(CreateStdButtonSizer(this, ePreviewButton|eCancelButton|eOkButton), 0, wxEXPAND); | |
735 | ||
736 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
737 | // Display now | |
738 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
739 | SetAutoLayout(false); | |
740 | ||
741 | SetSizerAndFit( szrV ); | |
742 | SetSizeHints(GetSize()); | |
743 | ||
744 | return; | |
745 | } | |
746 | ||
747 | ||
748 | // | |
749 | // Validate data | |
750 | // | |
751 | bool ScienFilterDialog::Validate() | |
752 | { | |
753 | // In this case I don't think there's anything the user could have screwed up | |
754 | return true; | |
755 | } | |
756 | ||
757 | // | |
758 | // Populate the window with relevant variables | |
759 | // | |
760 | bool ScienFilterDialog::TransferDataToWindow() | |
761 | { | |
762 | dBMinSlider->SetValue((int)dBMin); | |
763 | dBMin = 0; // force refresh in TransferGraphLimitsFromWindow() | |
764 | ||
765 | dBMaxSlider->SetValue((int)dBMax); | |
766 | dBMax = 0; // force refresh in TransferGraphLimitsFromWindow() | |
767 | ||
768 | mFilterTypeCtl->SetSelection (FilterType); | |
769 | mFilterOrderCtl->SetSelection (Order - 1); | |
770 | mFilterSubTypeCtl->SetSelection (FilterSubtype); | |
771 | mCutoffCtl->SetValue (Internat::ToDisplayString(Cutoff)); | |
772 | mRippleCtl->SetValue (Internat::ToDisplayString(Ripple)); | |
773 | mStopbandRippleCtl->SetValue (Internat::ToDisplayString(StopbandRipple)); | |
774 | EnableDisableRippleCtl (FilterType); | |
775 | ||
776 | return TransferGraphLimitsFromWindow(); | |
777 | } | |
778 | ||
779 | // | |
780 | // Retrieve data from the window | |
781 | // | |
782 | bool ScienFilterDialog::TransferGraphLimitsFromWindow() | |
783 | { | |
784 | // Read the sliders and send to the panel | |
785 | wxString tip; | |
786 | ||
787 | bool rr = false; | |
788 | int dB = dBMinSlider->GetValue(); | |
789 | if (dB != dBMin) { | |
790 | rr = true; | |
791 | dBMin = dB; | |
792 | mPanel->dBMin = dBMin; | |
793 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
794 | tip.Printf(wxString(wxT("%d ")) + _("dB"),(int)dBMin); | |
795 | dBMinSlider->SetToolTip(tip); | |
796 | #endif | |
797 | } | |
798 | ||
799 | dB = dBMaxSlider->GetValue(); | |
800 | if (dB != dBMax) { | |
801 | rr = true; | |
802 | dBMax = dB; | |
803 | mPanel->dBMax = dBMax; | |
804 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
805 | tip.Printf(wxString(wxT("%d ")) + _("dB"),(int)dBMax); | |
806 | dBMaxSlider->SetToolTip(tip); | |
807 | #endif | |
808 | } | |
809 | ||
810 | // Refresh ruler if values have changed | |
811 | if (rr) { | |
812 | int w1, w2, h; | |
813 | dBRuler->ruler.GetMaxSize(&w1, &h); | |
814 | dBRuler->ruler.SetRange(dBMax, dBMin); | |
815 | dBRuler->ruler.GetMaxSize(&w2, &h); | |
816 | if( w1 != w2 ) // Reduces flicker | |
817 | { | |
818 | dBRuler->SetSize(wxSize(w2,h)); | |
819 | szr1->Layout(); | |
820 | freqRuler->Refresh(false); | |
821 | } | |
822 | dBRuler->Refresh(false); | |
823 | } | |
824 | ||
825 | mPanel->Refresh(false); | |
826 | ||
827 | return true; | |
828 | } | |
829 | ||
830 | bool ScienFilterDialog::CalcFilter (EffectScienFilter* effect) | |
831 | { | |
832 | TrackListOfKindIterator iter(Track::Wave, effect->mTracks); | |
833 | WaveTrack *t = (WaveTrack *) iter.First(); | |
834 | float hiFreq; | |
835 | if (t) | |
836 | hiFreq = ((float)(t->GetRate())/2.); | |
837 | else | |
838 | hiFreq = ((float)(GetActiveProject()->GetRate())/2.); | |
839 | ||
840 | // Set up the coefficients in all the biquads | |
841 | float fNorm = Cutoff / hiFreq; | |
842 | if (fNorm >= 0.9999) | |
843 | fNorm = 0.9999F; | |
844 | float fC = tan (PI * fNorm / 2); | |
845 | float fDCPoleDistSqr = 1.0F; | |
846 | float fZPoleX, fZPoleY; | |
847 | float fZZeroX, fZZeroY; | |
848 | float beta = cos (fNorm*PI); | |
849 | switch (FilterType) | |
850 | { | |
851 | case 0: // Butterworth | |
852 | if ((Order & 1) == 0) | |
853 | { | |
854 | // Even order | |
855 | for (int iPair = 0; iPair < Order/2; iPair++) | |
856 | { | |
857 | float fSPoleX = fC * cos (PI - (iPair + 0.5) * PI / Order); | |
858 | float fSPoleY = fC * sin (PI - (iPair + 0.5) * PI / Order); | |
859 | BilinTransform (fSPoleX, fSPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
860 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [0] = 1; | |
861 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
862 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = 2; | |
863 | else | |
864 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = -2; | |
865 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [2] = 1; | |
866 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [0] = -2 * fZPoleX; | |
867 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [1] = square(fZPoleX) + square(fZPoleY); | |
868 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
869 | fDCPoleDistSqr *= Calc2D_DistSqr (1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY); | |
870 | else | |
871 | fDCPoleDistSqr *= Calc2D_DistSqr (-1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY); // distance from Nyquist | |
872 | } | |
873 | } | |
874 | else | |
875 | { | |
876 | // Odd order - first do the 1st-order section | |
877 | float fSPoleX = -fC; | |
878 | float fSPoleY = 0; | |
879 | BilinTransform (fSPoleX, fSPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
880 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [0] = 1; | |
881 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
882 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = 1; | |
883 | else | |
884 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = -1; | |
885 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [2] = 0; | |
886 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fDenomCoeffs [0] = -fZPoleX; | |
887 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fDenomCoeffs [1] = 0; | |
888 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
889 | fDCPoleDistSqr = 1 - fZPoleX; | |
890 | else | |
891 | fDCPoleDistSqr = fZPoleX + 1; // dist from Nyquist | |
892 | for (int iPair = 1; iPair <= Order/2; iPair++) | |
893 | { | |
894 | float fSPoleX = fC * cos (PI - iPair * PI / Order); | |
895 | float fSPoleY = fC * sin (PI - iPair * PI / Order); | |
896 | BilinTransform (fSPoleX, fSPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
897 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [0] = 1; | |
898 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
899 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = 2; | |
900 | else | |
901 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = -2; | |
902 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [2] = 1; | |
903 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [0] = -2 * fZPoleX; | |
904 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [1] = square(fZPoleX) + square(fZPoleY); | |
905 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
906 | fDCPoleDistSqr *= Calc2D_DistSqr (1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY); | |
907 | else | |
908 | fDCPoleDistSqr *= Calc2D_DistSqr (-1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY); // distance from Nyquist | |
909 | } | |
910 | } | |
911 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [0] *= fDCPoleDistSqr / (1 << Order); // mult by DC dist from poles, divide by dist from zeroes | |
912 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [1] *= fDCPoleDistSqr / (1 << Order); | |
913 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [2] *= fDCPoleDistSqr / (1 << Order); | |
914 | break; | |
915 | ||
916 | case 1: // Chebyshev Type 1 | |
917 | double eps; eps = sqrt (pow (10.0, __max(0.001, Ripple) / 10.0) - 1); | |
918 | double a; a = log (1 / eps + sqrt(1 / square(eps) + 1)) / Order; | |
919 | // Assume even order to start | |
920 | for (int iPair = 0; iPair < Order/2; iPair++) | |
921 | { | |
922 | float fSPoleX = -fC * sinh (a) * sin ((2*iPair + 1) * PI / (2 * Order)); | |
923 | float fSPoleY = fC * cosh (a) * cos ((2*iPair + 1) * PI / (2 * Order)); | |
924 | BilinTransform (fSPoleX, fSPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
925 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
926 | { | |
927 | fZZeroX = -1; | |
928 | fDCPoleDistSqr = Calc2D_DistSqr (1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY); | |
929 | fDCPoleDistSqr /= 2*2; // dist from zero at Nyquist | |
930 | } | |
931 | else | |
932 | { | |
933 | // Highpass - do the digital LP->HP transform on the poles and zeroes | |
934 | ComplexDiv (beta - fZPoleX, -fZPoleY, 1 - beta * fZPoleX, -beta * fZPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
935 | fZZeroX = 1; | |
936 | fDCPoleDistSqr = Calc2D_DistSqr (-1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY); // distance from Nyquist | |
937 | fDCPoleDistSqr /= 2*2; // dist from zero at Nyquist | |
938 | } | |
939 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [0] = fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
940 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = -2 * fZZeroX * fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
941 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [2] = fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
942 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [0] = -2 * fZPoleX; | |
943 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [1] = square(fZPoleX) + square(fZPoleY); | |
944 | } | |
945 | if ((Order & 1) == 0) | |
946 | { | |
947 | float fTemp = pow (10.0, -__max(0.001, Ripple) / 20.0); // at DC the response is down R dB (for even-order) | |
948 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [0] *= fTemp; | |
949 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [1] *= fTemp; | |
950 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [2] *= fTemp; | |
951 | } | |
952 | else | |
953 | { | |
954 | // Odd order - now do the 1st-order section | |
955 | float fSPoleX = -fC * sinh (a); | |
956 | float fSPoleY = 0; | |
957 | BilinTransform (fSPoleX, fSPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
958 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
959 | { | |
960 | fZZeroX = -1; | |
961 | fDCPoleDistSqr = sqrt(Calc2D_DistSqr (1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY)); | |
962 | fDCPoleDistSqr /= 2; // dist from zero at Nyquist | |
963 | } | |
964 | else | |
965 | { | |
966 | // Highpass - do the digital LP->HP transform on the poles and zeroes | |
967 | ComplexDiv (beta - fZPoleX, -fZPoleY, 1 - beta * fZPoleX, -beta * fZPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
968 | fZZeroX = 1; | |
969 | fDCPoleDistSqr = sqrt(Calc2D_DistSqr (-1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY)); // distance from Nyquist | |
970 | fDCPoleDistSqr /= 2; // dist from zero at Nyquist | |
971 | } | |
972 | effect->mpBiquad[(Order-1)/2]->fNumerCoeffs [0] = fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
973 | effect->mpBiquad[(Order-1)/2]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = -fZZeroX * fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
974 | effect->mpBiquad[(Order-1)/2]->fNumerCoeffs [2] = 0; | |
975 | effect->mpBiquad[(Order-1)/2]->fDenomCoeffs [0] = -fZPoleX; | |
976 | effect->mpBiquad[(Order-1)/2]->fDenomCoeffs [1] = 0; | |
977 | } | |
978 | break; | |
979 | ||
980 | case 2: // Chebyshev Type 2 | |
981 | float fSZeroX, fSZeroY; | |
982 | float fSPoleX, fSPoleY; | |
983 | eps = pow (10.0, -__max(0.001, StopbandRipple) / 20.0); | |
984 | a = log (1 / eps + sqrt(1 / square(eps) + 1)) / Order; | |
985 | ||
986 | // Assume even order | |
987 | for (int iPair = 0; iPair < Order/2; iPair++) | |
988 | { | |
989 | ComplexDiv (fC, 0, -sinh (a) * sin ((2*iPair + 1) * PI / (2 * Order)), | |
990 | cosh (a) * cos ((2*iPair + 1) * PI / (2 * Order)), | |
991 | &fSPoleX, &fSPoleY); | |
992 | BilinTransform (fSPoleX, fSPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
993 | fSZeroX = 0; | |
994 | fSZeroY = fC / cos (((2 * iPair) + 1) * PI / (2 * Order)); | |
995 | BilinTransform (fSZeroX, fSZeroY, &fZZeroX, &fZZeroY); | |
996 | ||
997 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
998 | { | |
999 | fDCPoleDistSqr = Calc2D_DistSqr (1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY); | |
1000 | fDCPoleDistSqr /= Calc2D_DistSqr (1, 0, fZZeroX, fZZeroY); | |
1001 | } | |
1002 | else | |
1003 | { | |
1004 | // Highpass - do the digital LP->HP transform on the poles and zeroes | |
1005 | ComplexDiv (beta - fZPoleX, -fZPoleY, 1 - beta * fZPoleX, -beta * fZPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
1006 | ComplexDiv (beta - fZZeroX, -fZZeroY, 1 - beta * fZZeroX, -beta * fZZeroY, &fZZeroX, &fZZeroY); | |
1007 | fDCPoleDistSqr = Calc2D_DistSqr (-1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY); // distance from Nyquist | |
1008 | fDCPoleDistSqr /= Calc2D_DistSqr (-1, 0, fZZeroX, fZZeroY); | |
1009 | } | |
1010 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [0] = fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
1011 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = -2 * fZZeroX * fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
1012 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [2] = (square(fZZeroX) + square(fZZeroY)) * fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
1013 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [0] = -2 * fZPoleX; | |
1014 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [1] = square(fZPoleX) + square(fZPoleY); | |
1015 | } | |
1016 | // Now, if it's odd order, we have one more to do | |
1017 | if (Order & 1) | |
1018 | { | |
1019 | int iPair = (Order-1)/2; // we'll do it as a biquad, but it's just first-order | |
1020 | ComplexDiv (fC, 0, -sinh (a) * sin ((2*iPair + 1) * PI / (2 * Order)), | |
1021 | cosh (a) * cos ((2*iPair + 1) * PI / (2 * Order)), | |
1022 | &fSPoleX, &fSPoleY); | |
1023 | BilinTransform (fSPoleX, fSPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
1024 | fZZeroX = -1; // in the s-plane, the zero is at infinity | |
1025 | fZZeroY = 0; | |
1026 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
1027 | { | |
1028 | fDCPoleDistSqr = sqrt(Calc2D_DistSqr (1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY)); | |
1029 | fDCPoleDistSqr /= 2; | |
1030 | } | |
1031 | else | |
1032 | { | |
1033 | // Highpass - do the digital LP->HP transform on the poles and zeroes | |
1034 | ComplexDiv (beta - fZPoleX, -fZPoleY, 1 - beta * fZPoleX, -fZPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
1035 | fZZeroX = 1; | |
1036 | fDCPoleDistSqr = sqrt(Calc2D_DistSqr (-1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY)); // distance from Nyquist | |
1037 | fDCPoleDistSqr /= 2; | |
1038 | } | |
1039 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [0] = fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
1040 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = -fZZeroX * fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
1041 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [2] = 0; | |
1042 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [0] = -fZPoleX; | |
1043 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [1] = 0; | |
1044 | } | |
1045 | break; | |
1046 | } | |
1047 | effect->mOrder = Order; // ?? needed for ProcessOne to work in Preview. This probably should be done a different way, but how? | |
1048 | return true; | |
1049 | } | |
1050 | ||
1051 | static double s_fChebyCoeffs [MAX_FILTER_ORDER][MAX_FILTER_ORDER+1] = { | |
1052 | // For Chebyshev polynomials of the first kind (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chebyshev_polynomial) | |
1053 | // Coeffs are in the order 0, 1, 2...9 | |
1054 | {0, 1}, // order 1 | |
1055 | {-1, 0, 2}, // order 2 etc. | |
1056 | {0, -3, 0, 4}, | |
1057 | {1, 0, -8, 0, 8}, | |
1058 | {0, 5, 0, -20, 0, 16}, | |
1059 | {-1, 0, 18, 0, -48, 0, 32}, | |
1060 | {0, -7, 0, 56, 0, -112, 0, 64}, | |
1061 | {1, 0, -32, 0, 160, 0, -256, 0, 128}, | |
1062 | {0, 9, 0, -120, 0, 432, 0, -576, 0, 256}, | |
1063 | {-1, 0, 50, 0, -400, 0, 1120, 0, -1280, 0, 512} | |
1064 | }; | |
1065 | ||
1066 | static double ChebyPoly (int Order, double NormFreq) // NormFreq = 1 at the f0 point (where response is R dB down) | |
1067 | { | |
1068 | // Calc cosh (Order * acosh (NormFreq)); | |
1069 | double x = 1; | |
1070 | double fSum = 0; | |
1071 | wxASSERT (Order > 0 && Order <= MAX_FILTER_ORDER); | |
1072 | for (int i = 0; i <= Order; i++) | |
1073 | { | |
1074 | fSum += s_fChebyCoeffs [Order-1][i] * x; | |
1075 | x *= NormFreq; | |
1076 | } | |
1077 | return fSum; | |
1078 | } | |
1079 | ||
1080 | float ScienFilterDialog::FilterMagnAtFreq (float Freq) | |
1081 | { | |
1082 | float Magn; | |
1083 | if (Freq >= mNyquist) | |
1084 | Freq = mNyquist - 1; // prevent tan(PI/2) | |
1085 | float FreqWarped = tan (PI * Freq/(2*mNyquist)); | |
1086 | if (Cutoff >= mNyquist) | |
1087 | Cutoff = mNyquist - 1; | |
1088 | float CutoffWarped = tan (PI * Cutoff/(2*mNyquist)); | |
1089 | float fOverflowThresh = pow (10.0, 12.0 / (2*Order)); // once we exceed 10^12 there's not much to be gained and overflow could happen | |
1090 | ||
1091 | switch (FilterType) | |
1092 | { | |
1093 | case 0: // Butterworth | |
1094 | default: | |
1095 | switch (FilterSubtype) | |
1096 | { | |
1097 | case 0: // lowpass | |
1098 | default: | |
1099 | if (FreqWarped/CutoffWarped > fOverflowThresh) // prevent pow() overflow | |
1100 | Magn = 0; | |
1101 | else | |
1102 | Magn = sqrt (1 / (1 + pow (FreqWarped/CutoffWarped, 2*Order))); | |
1103 | break; | |
1104 | case 1: // highpass | |
1105 | if (FreqWarped/CutoffWarped > fOverflowThresh) | |
1106 | Magn = 1; | |
1107 | else | |
1108 | Magn = sqrt (pow (FreqWarped/CutoffWarped, 2*Order) / (1 + pow (FreqWarped/CutoffWarped, 2*Order))); | |
1109 | break; | |
1110 | } | |
1111 | break; | |
1112 | ||
1113 | case 1: // Chebyshev Type 1 | |
1114 | double eps; eps = sqrt(pow (10.0, __max(0.001, Ripple)/10.0) - 1); | |
1115 | switch (FilterSubtype) | |
1116 | { | |
1117 | case 0: // lowpass | |
1118 | default: | |
1119 | Magn = sqrt (1 / (1 + square(eps) * square(ChebyPoly(Order, FreqWarped/CutoffWarped)))); | |
1120 | break; | |
1121 | case 1: | |
1122 | Magn = sqrt (1 / (1 + square(eps) * square(ChebyPoly(Order, CutoffWarped/FreqWarped)))); | |
1123 | break; | |
1124 | } | |
1125 | break; | |
1126 | ||
1127 | case 2: // Chebyshev Type 2 | |
1128 | eps = 1 / sqrt(pow (10.0, __max(0.001, StopbandRipple)/10.0) - 1); | |
1129 | switch (FilterSubtype) | |
1130 | { | |
1131 | case 0: // lowpass | |
1132 | default: | |
1133 | Magn = sqrt (1 / (1 + 1 / (square(eps) * square(ChebyPoly(Order, CutoffWarped/FreqWarped))))); | |
1134 | break; | |
1135 | case 1: | |
1136 | Magn = sqrt (1 / (1 + 1 / (square(eps) * square(ChebyPoly(Order, FreqWarped/CutoffWarped))))); | |
1137 | break; | |
1138 | } | |
1139 | break; | |
1140 | } | |
1141 | ||
1142 | return Magn; | |
1143 | } | |
1144 | ||
1145 | ||
1146 | ||
1147 | // WDR: handler implementations for ScienFilterDialog | |
1148 | ||
1149 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnOrder(wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1150 | { | |
1151 | Order = mFilterOrderCtl->GetSelection() + 1; // 0..n-1 -> 1..n | |
1152 | mPanel->Refresh (false); | |
1153 | } | |
1154 | ||
1155 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnFilterType (wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1156 | { | |
1157 | FilterType = mFilterTypeCtl->GetSelection(); | |
1158 | EnableDisableRippleCtl (FilterType); | |
1159 | mPanel->Refresh (false); | |
1160 | } | |
1161 | ||
1162 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnFilterSubtype (wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1163 | { | |
1164 | FilterSubtype = mFilterSubTypeCtl->GetSelection(); | |
1165 | mPanel->Refresh (false); | |
1166 | } | |
1167 | ||
1168 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnCutoff (wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1169 | { | |
1170 | double CutoffTemp; | |
1171 | if (mCutoffCtl) | |
1172 | { | |
1173 | if (mCutoffCtl->GetValue().ToDouble(&CutoffTemp)) | |
1174 | { | |
1175 | Cutoff = CutoffTemp; | |
1176 | if (Cutoff >= mNyquist) | |
1177 | { | |
1178 | Cutoff = mNyquist - 1; // could handle Nyquist as a special case? eg. straight through if LPF | |
1179 | mCutoffCtl->SetValue(Internat::ToDisplayString(Cutoff)); | |
1180 | } | |
1181 | wxButton *ok = (wxButton *) FindWindow(wxID_OK); | |
1182 | if (Cutoff < 0.1) // 0.1 Hz min | |
1183 | { | |
1184 | // Disable OK button | |
1185 | ok->Enable(0); | |
1186 | } | |
1187 | else | |
1188 | ok->Enable(1); | |
1189 | } | |
1190 | mPanel->Refresh (false); | |
1191 | } | |
1192 | } | |
1193 | ||
1194 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnRipple (wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1195 | { | |
1196 | double RippleTemp; | |
1197 | if (mRippleCtl) | |
1198 | { | |
1199 | if (mRippleCtl->GetValue().ToDouble(&RippleTemp)) | |
1200 | Ripple = RippleTemp; | |
1201 | mPanel->Refresh (false); | |
1202 | } | |
1203 | } | |
1204 | ||
1205 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnStopbandRipple (wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1206 | { | |
1207 | double RippleTemp; | |
1208 | if (mStopbandRippleCtl) | |
1209 | { | |
1210 | if (mStopbandRippleCtl->GetValue().ToDouble(&RippleTemp)) | |
1211 | StopbandRipple = RippleTemp; | |
1212 | mPanel->Refresh (false); | |
1213 | } | |
1214 | } | |
1215 | ||
1216 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnSliderDBMIN(wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1217 | { | |
1218 | TransferGraphLimitsFromWindow(); | |
1219 | } | |
1220 | ||
1221 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnSliderDBMAX(wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1222 | { | |
1223 | TransferGraphLimitsFromWindow(); | |
1224 | } | |
1225 | ||
1226 | ||
1227 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnErase(wxEraseEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1228 | { | |
1229 | // Ignore it | |
1230 | } | |
1231 | ||
1232 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1233 | { | |
1234 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
1235 | ||
1236 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
1237 | dc.SetBackground(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE))); | |
1238 | #endif | |
1239 | ||
1240 | dc.Clear(); | |
1241 | } | |
1242 | ||
1243 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnSize(wxSizeEvent &event) | |
1244 | { | |
1245 | Layout(); | |
1246 | ||
1247 | event.Skip(); | |
1248 | } | |
1249 | ||
1250 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnPreview(wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1251 | { | |
1252 | CalcFilter (m_pEffect); | |
1253 | m_pEffect->Preview(); | |
1254 | } | |
1255 | ||
1256 | ||
1257 | void ScienFilterDialog::Finish(bool ok) | |
1258 | { | |
1259 | mPanel = NULL; | |
1260 | EndModal(ok); | |
1261 | } | |
1262 | ||
1263 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnCancel(wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1264 | { | |
1265 | Finish(false); | |
1266 | } | |
1267 | ||
1268 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnOk(wxCommandEvent &event) | |
1269 | { | |
1270 | CalcFilter (m_pEffect); | |
1271 | ||
1272 | if( Validate() ) | |
1273 | { | |
1274 | Finish(true); | |
1275 | } | |
1276 | else | |
1277 | { | |
1278 | event.Skip(false); | |
1279 | } | |
1280 | } | |
1281 | ||
1282 | void ScienFilterDialog::EnableDisableRippleCtl (int FilterType) | |
1283 | { | |
1284 | if (FilterType == 0) // Butterworth | |
1285 | { | |
1286 | szrPass->Show(false); | |
1287 | szrStop->Show(false); | |
1288 | } | |
1289 | else if (FilterType == 1) // Chebyshev Type1 | |
1290 | { | |
1291 | szrPass->Show(true); | |
1292 | szrStop->Show(false); | |
1293 | } | |
1294 | else // Chebyshev Type2 | |
1295 | { | |
1296 | szrPass->Show(false); | |
1297 | szrStop->Show(true); | |
1298 | } | |
1299 | wxSizeEvent dummy; | |
1300 | OnSize(dummy); | |
1301 | } | |
1302 | ||
0 | /********************************************************************** | |
1 | ||
2 | Audacity: A Digital Audio Editor | |
3 | ||
4 | Effect/ScienFilter.cpp | |
5 | ||
6 | Norm C | |
7 | Mitch Golden | |
8 | Vaughan Johnson (Preview) | |
9 | ||
10 | *******************************************************************//** | |
11 | ||
12 | \file ScienFilter.cpp | |
13 | \brief Implements EffectScienFilter, ScienFilterDialog, | |
14 | ScienFilterPanel. | |
15 | ||
16 | *//****************************************************************//** | |
17 | ||
18 | \class EffectScienFilter | |
19 | \brief An Effect. | |
20 | ||
21 | Performs IIR filtering that emulates analog filters, specifically | |
22 | Butterworth, Chebyshev Type I and Type II. Highpass and lowpass filters | |
23 | are supported, as are filter orders from 1 to 10. | |
24 | ||
25 | The filter is applied using biquads | |
26 | ||
27 | *//****************************************************************//** | |
28 | ||
29 | \class ScienFilterDialog | |
30 | \brief Dialog used with EffectScienFilter | |
31 | ||
32 | *//****************************************************************//** | |
33 | ||
34 | \class ScienFilterPanel | |
35 | \brief ScienFilterPanel is used with ScienFilterDialog and controls | |
36 | a graph for EffectScienFilter. | |
37 | ||
38 | *//*******************************************************************/ | |
39 | ||
40 | #include "../Audacity.h" | |
41 | #include "ScienFilter.h" | |
42 | #include "Equalization.h" // For SliderAx | |
43 | #include "../AColor.h" | |
44 | #include "../ShuttleGui.h" | |
45 | #include "../PlatformCompatibility.h" | |
46 | #include "../Prefs.h" | |
47 | #include "../Project.h" | |
48 | #include "../WaveTrack.h" | |
49 | #include "../widgets/Ruler.h" | |
50 | #include "../Theme.h" | |
51 | #include "../AllThemeResources.h" | |
52 | #include "../WaveTrack.h" | |
53 | #include "float_cast.h" | |
54 | ||
55 | #include <wx/bitmap.h> | |
56 | #include <wx/msgdlg.h> | |
57 | #include <wx/brush.h> | |
58 | #include <wx/dcmemory.h> | |
59 | #include <wx/event.h> | |
60 | #include <wx/image.h> | |
61 | #include <wx/intl.h> | |
62 | #include <wx/stattext.h> | |
63 | #include <wx/string.h> | |
64 | #include <wx/textdlg.h> | |
65 | #include <wx/stdpaths.h> | |
66 | #include <wx/settings.h> | |
67 | ||
68 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
69 | #include <wx/tooltip.h> | |
70 | #endif | |
71 | #include <wx/utils.h> | |
72 | ||
73 | #include <math.h> | |
74 | ||
75 | #include <wx/arrimpl.cpp> | |
76 | ||
77 | #define PI 3.1415926535 | |
78 | #define square(a) ((a)*(a)) | |
79 | ||
80 | #ifndef __min | |
81 | #define __min(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) | |
82 | #endif | |
83 | #ifndef __max | |
84 | #define __max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) | |
85 | #endif | |
86 | ||
87 | // Local functions | |
88 | ||
89 | void EffectScienFilter::ReadPrefs() | |
90 | { | |
91 | double dTemp; | |
92 | gPrefs->Read(wxT("/SciFilter/Order"), &mOrder, 1); | |
93 | mOrder = __max (1, mOrder); | |
94 | mOrder = __min (MAX_FILTER_ORDER, mOrder); | |
95 | gPrefs->Read(wxT("/SciFilter/FilterType"), &mFilterType, 0); | |
96 | mFilterType = __max (0, mFilterType); | |
97 | mFilterType = __min (2, mFilterType); | |
98 | gPrefs->Read(wxT("/SciFilter/FilterSubtype"), &mFilterSubtype, 0); | |
99 | mFilterSubtype = __max (0, mFilterSubtype); | |
100 | mFilterSubtype = __min (1, mFilterSubtype); | |
101 | gPrefs->Read(wxT("/SciFilter/Cutoff"), &dTemp, 1000.0); | |
102 | mCutoff = (float)dTemp; | |
103 | mCutoff = __max (1, mCutoff); | |
104 | mCutoff = __min (100000, mCutoff); | |
105 | gPrefs->Read(wxT("/SciFilter/Ripple"), &dTemp, 1.0); | |
106 | mRipple = dTemp; | |
107 | mRipple = __max (0, mRipple); | |
108 | mRipple = __min (100, mRipple); | |
109 | gPrefs->Read(wxT("/SciFilter/StopbandRipple"), &dTemp, 30.0); | |
110 | mStopbandRipple = dTemp; | |
111 | mStopbandRipple = __max (0, mStopbandRipple); | |
112 | mStopbandRipple = __min (100, mStopbandRipple); | |
113 | } | |
114 | ||
115 | EffectScienFilter::EffectScienFilter() | |
116 | { | |
117 | ReadPrefs(); | |
118 | mPrompting = false; | |
119 | } | |
120 | ||
121 | ||
122 | EffectScienFilter::~EffectScienFilter() | |
123 | { | |
124 | } | |
125 | ||
126 | bool EffectScienFilter::Init() | |
127 | { | |
128 | int selcount = 0; | |
129 | double rate = 0.0; | |
130 | TrackListIterator iter(GetActiveProject()->GetTracks()); | |
131 | Track *t = iter.First(); | |
132 | while (t) { | |
133 | if (t->GetSelected() && t->GetKind() == Track::Wave) { | |
134 | WaveTrack *track = (WaveTrack *)t; | |
135 | if (selcount==0) { | |
136 | rate = track->GetRate(); | |
137 | } | |
138 | else { | |
139 | if (track->GetRate() != rate) { | |
140 | wxMessageBox(_("To apply a filter, all selected tracks must have the same sample rate.")); | |
141 | return(false); | |
142 | } | |
143 | } | |
144 | selcount++; | |
145 | } | |
146 | t = iter.Next(); | |
147 | } | |
148 | return(true);} | |
149 | ||
150 | bool EffectScienFilter::PromptUser() | |
151 | { | |
152 | // Detect whether we are editing a batch chain by checking the parent window | |
153 | mEditingBatchParams = (mParent != GetActiveProject()); | |
154 | if (!mEditingBatchParams) | |
155 | { | |
156 | ReadPrefs(); | |
157 | } | |
158 | ||
159 | TrackListOfKindIterator iter(Track::Wave, mTracks); | |
160 | WaveTrack *t = (WaveTrack *) iter.First(); | |
161 | float hiFreq; | |
162 | if (t) | |
163 | hiFreq = ((float)(t->GetRate())/2.); | |
164 | else | |
165 | hiFreq = ((float)(GetActiveProject()->GetRate())/2.); | |
166 | ||
167 | ScienFilterDialog dlog(this, ((double)loFreqI), hiFreq, mParent, -1, _("Classic Filters")); | |
168 | ||
169 | dlog.dBMin = mdBMin; | |
170 | dlog.dBMax = mdBMax; | |
171 | dlog.Order = mOrder; | |
172 | dlog.Cutoff = mCutoff; | |
173 | dlog.FilterType = mFilterType; | |
174 | dlog.FilterSubtype = mFilterSubtype; | |
175 | dlog.Ripple = mRipple; | |
176 | dlog.StopbandRipple = mStopbandRipple; | |
177 | ||
178 | dlog.CentreOnParent(); | |
179 | ||
180 | mPrompting = true; // true when previewing, false in batch | |
181 | dlog.ShowModal(); | |
182 | mPrompting = false; | |
183 | ||
184 | if (!dlog.GetReturnCode()) | |
185 | return false; | |
186 | ||
187 | mdBMin = dlog.dBMin; | |
188 | mdBMax = dlog.dBMax; | |
189 | mOrder = dlog.Order; | |
190 | mCutoff = dlog.Cutoff; | |
191 | mFilterType = dlog.FilterType; | |
192 | mFilterSubtype = dlog.FilterSubtype; | |
193 | mRipple = dlog.Ripple; | |
194 | mStopbandRipple = dlog.StopbandRipple; | |
195 | ||
196 | if (!mEditingBatchParams) | |
197 | { | |
198 | // Save preferences | |
199 | gPrefs->Write(wxT("/SciFilter/Order"), mOrder); | |
200 | gPrefs->Write(wxT("/SciFilter/FilterType"), mFilterType); | |
201 | gPrefs->Write(wxT("/SciFilter/FilterSubtype"), mFilterSubtype); | |
202 | gPrefs->Write(wxT("/SciFilter/Cutoff"), mCutoff); | |
203 | gPrefs->Write(wxT("/SciFilter/Ripple"), mRipple); | |
204 | gPrefs->Write(wxT("/SciFilter/StopbandRipple"), mStopbandRipple); | |
205 | gPrefs->Flush(); | |
206 | } | |
207 | ||
208 | return true; | |
209 | } | |
210 | ||
211 | bool EffectScienFilter::DontPromptUser() | |
212 | { | |
213 | TrackListOfKindIterator iter(Track::Wave, mTracks); | |
214 | WaveTrack *t = (WaveTrack *) iter.First(); | |
215 | float hiFreq; | |
216 | if (t) | |
217 | hiFreq = ((float)(t->GetRate())/2.); | |
218 | else | |
219 | hiFreq = ((float)(GetActiveProject()->GetRate())/2.); | |
220 | /*i18n-hint: 'Classic Filters' is an audio effect. It's a low-pass or high-pass | |
221 | filter with specfic characteristics. */ | |
222 | ScienFilterDialog dlog(this, ((double)loFreqI), hiFreq, NULL, -1, _("Classic Filters")); | |
223 | dlog.dBMin = mdBMin; | |
224 | dlog.dBMax = mdBMax; | |
225 | dlog.Order = mOrder; | |
226 | dlog.Cutoff = mCutoff; | |
227 | dlog.FilterType = mFilterType; | |
228 | dlog.FilterSubtype = mFilterSubtype; | |
229 | dlog.Ripple = mRipple; | |
230 | ||
231 | dlog.CalcFilter(this); | |
232 | ||
233 | return true; | |
234 | } | |
235 | ||
236 | bool EffectScienFilter::TransferParameters( Shuttle & shuttle ) | |
237 | { | |
238 | // if shuttle.mbStoreInClient is true, read prefs ScienFilter/FilterType (etc.) string and put into mFilterType (etc.) | |
239 | // else put mFilterType (etc.) into string form and write prefs | |
240 | shuttle.TransferInt(wxT("FilterType"),mFilterType,0); | |
241 | shuttle.TransferInt(wxT("FilterSubtype"),mFilterSubtype,0); // etc. | |
242 | shuttle.TransferInt(wxT("Order"),mOrder,2); | |
243 | shuttle.TransferFloat(wxT("Cutoff"),mCutoff,1000); | |
244 | shuttle.TransferFloat(wxT("PassbandRipple"),mRipple,1); | |
245 | shuttle.TransferFloat(wxT("StopbandRipple"),mStopbandRipple,30); | |
246 | ||
247 | if(!mPrompting) | |
248 | DontPromptUser(); // not previewing, ie batch mode or initial setup | |
249 | return true; | |
250 | } | |
251 | ||
252 | bool EffectScienFilter::Process() | |
253 | { | |
254 | this->CopyInputTracks(); // Set up mOutputTracks. | |
255 | bool bGoodResult = true; | |
256 | ||
257 | SelectedTrackListOfKindIterator iter(Track::Wave, mOutputTracks); | |
258 | WaveTrack *track = (WaveTrack *) iter.First(); | |
259 | int count = 0; | |
260 | while (track) | |
261 | { | |
262 | double trackStart = track->GetStartTime(); | |
263 | double trackEnd = track->GetEndTime(); | |
264 | double t0 = mT0 < trackStart? trackStart: mT0; | |
265 | double t1 = mT1 > trackEnd? trackEnd: mT1; | |
266 | ||
267 | if (t1 > t0) { | |
268 | sampleCount start = track->TimeToLongSamples(t0); | |
269 | sampleCount end = track->TimeToLongSamples(t1); | |
270 | sampleCount len = (sampleCount)(end - start); | |
271 | ||
272 | if (!ProcessOne(count, track, start, len)) | |
273 | { | |
274 | bGoodResult = false; | |
275 | break; | |
276 | } | |
277 | } | |
278 | ||
279 | track = (WaveTrack *) iter.Next(); | |
280 | count++; | |
281 | } | |
282 | ||
283 | this->ReplaceProcessedTracks(bGoodResult); | |
284 | return bGoodResult; | |
285 | } | |
286 | ||
287 | ||
288 | bool EffectScienFilter::ProcessOne(int count, WaveTrack * t, | |
289 | sampleCount start, sampleCount len) | |
290 | { | |
291 | // Create a new WaveTrack to hold all of the output | |
292 | AudacityProject *p = GetActiveProject(); | |
293 | WaveTrack *output = p->GetTrackFactory()->NewWaveTrack(floatSample, t->GetRate()); | |
294 | ||
295 | sampleCount s = start; | |
296 | sampleCount idealBlockLen = t->GetMaxBlockSize(); | |
297 | float *buffer = new float[idealBlockLen]; | |
298 | sampleCount originalLen = len; | |
299 | ||
300 | TrackProgress(count, 0.0); | |
301 | bool bLoopSuccess = true; | |
302 | ||
303 | for (int iPair = 0; iPair < (mOrder+1)/2; iPair++) | |
304 | mpBiquad [iPair]->fPrevIn = mpBiquad [iPair]->fPrevPrevIn = mpBiquad [iPair]->fPrevOut = mpBiquad [iPair]->fPrevPrevOut = 0; | |
305 | ||
306 | while(len) | |
307 | { | |
308 | sampleCount block = idealBlockLen; | |
309 | if (block > len) | |
310 | block = len; | |
311 | ||
312 | t->Get((samplePtr)buffer, floatSample, s, block); | |
313 | ||
314 | for (int iPair = 0; iPair < (mOrder+1)/2; iPair++) | |
315 | { | |
316 | mpBiquad[iPair]->pfIn = buffer; | |
317 | mpBiquad[iPair]->pfOut = buffer; | |
318 | Biquad_Process (mpBiquad[iPair], block); | |
319 | } | |
320 | output->Append ((samplePtr)buffer, floatSample, block); | |
321 | len -= block; | |
322 | s += block; | |
323 | ||
324 | if (TrackProgress (count, (s-start)/(double)originalLen)) | |
325 | { | |
326 | bLoopSuccess = false; | |
327 | break; | |
328 | } | |
329 | } | |
330 | if (bLoopSuccess) | |
331 | { | |
332 | output->Flush(); | |
333 | // Now move the appropriate bit of the output back to the track | |
334 | float *bigBuffer = new float[originalLen]; | |
335 | output->Get((samplePtr)bigBuffer, floatSample, 0, originalLen); | |
336 | t->Set((samplePtr)bigBuffer, floatSample, start, originalLen); | |
337 | delete[] bigBuffer; | |
338 | } | |
339 | ||
340 | delete[] buffer; | |
341 | delete output; | |
342 | ||
343 | return bLoopSuccess; | |
344 | } | |
345 | ||
346 | void EffectScienFilter::Filter(sampleCount WXUNUSED(len), | |
347 | float *WXUNUSED(buffer)) | |
348 | { | |
349 | } | |
350 | ||
351 | ||
352 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
353 | // ScienFilterPanel | |
354 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
355 | ||
356 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(ScienFilterPanel, wxPanel) | |
357 | EVT_PAINT(ScienFilterPanel::OnPaint) | |
358 | EVT_SIZE(ScienFilterPanel::OnSize) | |
359 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
360 | ||
361 | ScienFilterPanel::ScienFilterPanel( double loFreq, double hiFreq, | |
362 | ScienFilterDialog *parent, | |
363 | wxWindowID id, const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size): | |
364 | wxPanel(parent, id, pos, size) | |
365 | { | |
366 | mBitmap = NULL; | |
367 | mWidth = 0; | |
368 | mHeight = 0; | |
369 | mLoFreq = loFreq; | |
370 | mHiFreq = hiFreq; | |
371 | mParent = parent; | |
372 | } | |
373 | ||
374 | ScienFilterPanel::~ScienFilterPanel() | |
375 | { | |
376 | if (mBitmap) | |
377 | delete mBitmap; | |
378 | } | |
379 | ||
380 | void ScienFilterPanel::OnSize(wxSizeEvent & WXUNUSED(evt)) | |
381 | { | |
382 | Refresh( false ); | |
383 | } | |
384 | ||
385 | void ScienFilterPanel::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent & WXUNUSED(evt)) | |
386 | { | |
387 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
388 | int width, height; | |
389 | GetSize(&width, &height); | |
390 | ||
391 | if (!mBitmap || mWidth!=width || mHeight!=height) | |
392 | { | |
393 | if (mBitmap) | |
394 | delete mBitmap; | |
395 | ||
396 | mWidth = width; | |
397 | mHeight = height; | |
398 | mBitmap = new wxBitmap(mWidth, mHeight); | |
399 | } | |
400 | ||
401 | wxBrush bkgndBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE)); | |
402 | ||
403 | wxMemoryDC memDC; | |
404 | memDC.SelectObject(*mBitmap); | |
405 | ||
406 | wxRect bkgndRect; | |
407 | bkgndRect.x = 0; | |
408 | bkgndRect.y = 0; | |
409 | bkgndRect.width = mWidth; | |
410 | bkgndRect.height = mHeight; | |
411 | memDC.SetBrush(bkgndBrush); | |
412 | memDC.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
413 | memDC.DrawRectangle(bkgndRect); | |
414 | ||
415 | bkgndRect.y = mHeight; | |
416 | memDC.DrawRectangle(bkgndRect); | |
417 | ||
418 | wxRect border; | |
419 | border.x = 0; | |
420 | border.y = 0; | |
421 | border.width = mWidth; | |
422 | border.height = mHeight; | |
423 | ||
424 | memDC.SetBrush(*wxWHITE_BRUSH); | |
425 | memDC.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); | |
426 | memDC.DrawRectangle(border); | |
427 | ||
428 | mEnvRect = border; | |
429 | mEnvRect.Deflate(2, 2); | |
430 | ||
431 | // Pure blue x-axis line | |
432 | memDC.SetPen(wxPen(theTheme.Colour( clrGraphLines ), 1, wxSOLID)); | |
433 | int center = (int) (mEnvRect.height * dBMax/(dBMax-dBMin) + .5); | |
434 | AColor::Line(memDC, | |
435 | mEnvRect.GetLeft(), mEnvRect.y + center, | |
436 | mEnvRect.GetRight(), mEnvRect.y + center); | |
437 | ||
438 | //Now draw the actual response that you will get. | |
439 | //mFilterFunc has a linear scale, window has a log one so we have to fiddle about | |
440 | memDC.SetPen(wxPen(theTheme.Colour( clrResponseLines ), 3, wxSOLID)); | |
441 | double scale = (double)mEnvRect.height/(dBMax-dBMin); // pixels per dB | |
442 | double yF; // gain at this freq | |
443 | ||
444 | double loLog = log10(mLoFreq); | |
445 | double step = log10(mHiFreq) - loLog; | |
446 | step /= ((double)mEnvRect.width-1.); | |
447 | double freq; // actual freq corresponding to x position | |
448 | int x, y, xlast = 0, ylast = 0; | |
449 | for(int i=0; i<mEnvRect.width; i++) | |
450 | { | |
451 | x = mEnvRect.x + i; | |
452 | freq = pow(10., loLog + i*step); //Hz | |
453 | yF = mParent->FilterMagnAtFreq (freq); | |
454 | yF = 20*log10(yF); | |
455 | ||
456 | if(yF < dBMin) | |
457 | yF = dBMin; | |
458 | yF = center-scale*yF; | |
459 | if(yF>mEnvRect.height) | |
460 | yF = mEnvRect.height - 1; | |
461 | if(yF<0.) | |
462 | yF=0.; | |
463 | y = (int)(yF+.5); | |
464 | ||
465 | if (i != 0 && (y < mEnvRect.height-1 || ylast < mEnvRect.y + mEnvRect.height-1)) | |
466 | { | |
467 | AColor::Line (memDC, xlast, ylast, x, mEnvRect.y + y); | |
468 | } | |
469 | xlast = x; | |
470 | ylast = mEnvRect.y + y; | |
471 | } | |
472 | ||
473 | memDC.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); | |
474 | mParent->freqRuler->ruler.DrawGrid(memDC, mEnvRect.height+2, true, true, 0, 1); | |
475 | mParent->dBRuler->ruler.DrawGrid(memDC, mEnvRect.width+2, true, true, 1, 2); | |
476 | ||
477 | dc.Blit(0, 0, mWidth, mHeight, | |
478 | &memDC, 0, 0, wxCOPY, FALSE); | |
479 | } | |
480 | ||
481 | ||
482 | // WDR: class implementations | |
483 | ||
484 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
485 | // ScienFilterDialog | |
486 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
487 | ||
488 | // WDR: event table for ScienFilterDialog | |
489 | ||
490 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(ScienFilterDialog,wxDialog) | |
491 | EVT_SIZE( ScienFilterDialog::OnSize ) | |
492 | EVT_PAINT( ScienFilterDialog::OnPaint ) | |
493 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( ScienFilterDialog::OnErase ) | |
494 | ||
495 | EVT_SLIDER( ID_DBMAX, ScienFilterDialog::OnSliderDBMAX ) | |
496 | EVT_SLIDER( ID_DBMIN, ScienFilterDialog::OnSliderDBMIN ) | |
497 | EVT_CHOICE( ID_FILTER_ORDER, ScienFilterDialog::OnOrder) | |
498 | EVT_CHOICE( ID_FILTER_TYPE, ScienFilterDialog::OnFilterType) | |
499 | EVT_CHOICE( ID_FILTER_SUBTYPE, ScienFilterDialog::OnFilterSubtype) | |
500 | EVT_TEXT( ID_CUTOFF, ScienFilterDialog::OnCutoff) | |
501 | EVT_TEXT( ID_RIPPLE, ScienFilterDialog::OnRipple) | |
502 | EVT_TEXT( ID_STOPBAND_RIPPLE, ScienFilterDialog::OnStopbandRipple) | |
503 | ||
504 | EVT_BUTTON( ID_EFFECT_PREVIEW, ScienFilterDialog::OnPreview ) | |
505 | EVT_BUTTON( wxID_OK, ScienFilterDialog::OnOk ) | |
506 | EVT_BUTTON( wxID_CANCEL, ScienFilterDialog::OnCancel ) | |
507 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
508 | ||
509 | ScienFilterDialog::ScienFilterDialog(EffectScienFilter * effect, | |
510 | double loFreq, double hiFreq, | |
511 | wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
512 | const wxString &title, | |
513 | const wxPoint &position, | |
514 | const wxSize& size, | |
515 | long style): | |
516 | wxDialog( parent, id, title, position, size, style | wxRESIZE_BORDER | wxMAXIMIZE_BOX ) | |
517 | { | |
518 | m_pEffect = effect; | |
519 | ||
520 | dBMin = -30.; | |
521 | dBMax = 30; | |
522 | ||
523 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
524 | wxToolTip::Enable(true); | |
525 | #endif | |
526 | ||
527 | mLoFreq = loFreq; | |
528 | mNyquist = hiFreq; | |
529 | ||
530 | memset (effect->mpBiquad, 0, sizeof(effect->mpBiquad)); | |
531 | for (int i = 0; i < MAX_FILTER_ORDER/2; i++) | |
532 | { | |
533 | effect->mpBiquad[i] = (BiquadStruct*)calloc (sizeof (BiquadStruct), 1); | |
534 | effect->mpBiquad[i]->fNumerCoeffs [0] = 1.0; // straight-through | |
535 | } | |
536 | ||
537 | // Create the dialog | |
538 | MakeScienFilterDialog(); | |
539 | } | |
540 | ||
541 | ScienFilterDialog::~ScienFilterDialog() | |
542 | { | |
543 | } | |
544 | ||
545 | // | |
546 | // Create the ScienFilter dialog | |
547 | // | |
548 | void ScienFilterDialog::MakeScienFilterDialog() | |
549 | { | |
550 | wxStaticText *st; | |
551 | wxSizerFlags flagslabel; | |
552 | wxSizerFlags flagsunits; | |
553 | ||
554 | mCutoffCtl = NULL; | |
555 | mRippleCtl = NULL; | |
556 | mStopbandRippleCtl = NULL; | |
557 | ||
558 | // TODO: This code would be more readable if using ShuttleGUI. | |
559 | // Some updates to ShuttleGui would help this. | |
560 | ||
561 | // Create the base sizer | |
562 | szrV = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); | |
563 | ||
564 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
565 | // ROW 1: Freq response panel and sliders for vertical scale | |
566 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
567 | szr1 = new wxFlexGridSizer( 3, 0, 0 ); | |
568 | szr1->AddGrowableCol( 2, 1 ); | |
569 | szr1->AddGrowableRow( 0, 1 ); | |
570 | szr1->SetFlexibleDirection( wxBOTH ); | |
571 | ||
572 | szr2 = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); | |
573 | dBMaxSlider = new wxSlider(this, ID_DBMAX, 10, 0, 20, | |
574 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxSL_VERTICAL|wxSL_INVERSE); | |
575 | szr2->Add( dBMaxSlider, 1, wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL, 4 ); | |
576 | dBMinSlider = new wxSlider(this, ID_DBMIN, -10, -120, -10, | |
577 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, wxSL_VERTICAL|wxSL_INVERSE); | |
578 | szr2->Add( dBMinSlider, 1, wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL|wxALL, 4 ); | |
579 | szr1->Add( szr2, 0, wxEXPAND|wxALIGN_CENTRE|wxALL, 4 ); | |
580 | ||
581 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY | |
582 | dBMaxSlider->SetName(_("Max dB")); | |
583 | dBMaxSlider->SetAccessible(new SliderAx(dBMaxSlider, wxString(wxT("%d ")) + _("dB"))); | |
584 | dBMinSlider->SetName(_("Min dB")); | |
585 | dBMinSlider->SetAccessible(new SliderAx(dBMinSlider, wxString(wxT("%d ")) + _("dB"))); | |
586 | #endif | |
587 | ||
588 | dBRuler = new RulerPanel(this, wxID_ANY); | |
589 | dBRuler->ruler.SetBounds(0, 0, 100, 100); // Ruler can't handle small sizes | |
590 | dBRuler->ruler.SetOrientation(wxVERTICAL); | |
591 | dBRuler->ruler.SetRange(30.0, -120.0); | |
592 | dBRuler->ruler.SetFormat(Ruler::LinearDBFormat); | |
593 | dBRuler->ruler.SetUnits(_("dB")); | |
594 | dBRuler->ruler.SetLabelEdges(true); | |
595 | int w, h; | |
596 | dBRuler->ruler.GetMaxSize(&w, NULL); | |
597 | dBRuler->SetSize(wxSize(w, 150)); // height needed for wxGTK | |
598 | ||
599 | szr4 = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ); | |
600 | szr4->AddSpacer(2); // vertical space for panel border and thickness of line | |
601 | szr4->Add( dBRuler, 1, wxEXPAND|wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALL ); | |
602 | szr4->AddSpacer(1); // vertical space for thickness of line | |
603 | szr1->Add( szr4, 0, wxEXPAND|wxALIGN_LEFT|wxALL ); | |
604 | ||
605 | wxSize size; | |
606 | size.Set (400, 200); | |
607 | mPanel = new ScienFilterPanel( mLoFreq, mNyquist, | |
608 | this, | |
609 | ID_FILTERPANEL, wxDefaultPosition, size); | |
610 | szr1->Add( mPanel, 1, wxEXPAND|wxALIGN_CENTRE|wxRIGHT, 4); | |
611 | ||
612 | /// Next row of wxFlexGridSizer | |
613 | szr1->Add(1, 1); // horizontal spacer | |
614 | szr1->Add(1, 1); // horizontal spacer | |
615 | ||
616 | freqRuler = new RulerPanel(this, wxID_ANY); | |
617 | freqRuler->ruler.SetBounds(0, 0, 100, 100); // Ruler can't handle small sizes | |
618 | freqRuler->ruler.SetOrientation(wxHORIZONTAL); | |
619 | freqRuler->ruler.SetLog(true); | |
620 | freqRuler->ruler.SetRange(mLoFreq, mNyquist); | |
621 | freqRuler->ruler.SetFormat(Ruler::IntFormat); | |
622 | freqRuler->ruler.SetUnits(wxT("")); | |
623 | freqRuler->ruler.SetFlip(true); | |
624 | freqRuler->ruler.SetLabelEdges(true); | |
625 | freqRuler->ruler.GetMaxSize(NULL, &h); | |
626 | freqRuler->SetMinSize(wxSize(-1, h)); | |
627 | szr1->Add( freqRuler, 0, wxEXPAND|wxALIGN_LEFT|wxRIGHT, 4 ); | |
628 | ||
629 | szrV->Add( szr1, 1, wxEXPAND|wxALIGN_CENTER|wxALL, 0 ); | |
630 | ||
631 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
632 | // ROW 2 and 3: Type, Order, Ripple, Subtype, Cutoff | |
633 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
634 | szr3 = new wxFlexGridSizer (6, 5, 2); // 6 columns, 5px Vertical gap, 2px Horizontal gap | |
635 | flagslabel.Border(wxLEFT, 12).Align(wxALIGN_RIGHT | wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL ); | |
636 | flagsunits.Align( wxALIGN_LEFT | wxALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL ); | |
637 | ||
638 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("&Filter Type:")); | |
639 | st->SetName(wxStripMenuCodes(st->GetLabel())); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
640 | szr3->Add(st, flagslabel ); | |
641 | mFilterTypeCtl = new wxChoice (this, ID_FILTER_TYPE); | |
642 | mFilterTypeCtl->SetName(wxStripMenuCodes(st->GetLabel())); | |
643 | /*i18n-hint: Butterworth is the name of the person after whom the filter type is named.*/ | |
644 | mFilterTypeCtl->Append (_("Butterworth")); | |
645 | /*i18n-hint: Chebyshev is the name of the person after whom the filter type is named.*/ | |
646 | mFilterTypeCtl->Append (_("Chebyshev Type I")); | |
647 | /*i18n-hint: Chebyshev is the name of the person after whom the filter type is named.*/ | |
648 | mFilterTypeCtl->Append (_("Chebyshev Type II")); | |
649 | szr3->Add(mFilterTypeCtl); | |
650 | ||
651 | /*i18n-hint: 'Order' means the complexity of the filter, and is a number between 1 and 10.*/ | |
652 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("O&rder:")); | |
653 | st->SetName(wxStripMenuCodes(st->GetLabel())); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
654 | szr3->Add(st, flagslabel ); | |
655 | mFilterOrderCtl = new wxChoice (this, ID_FILTER_ORDER); | |
656 | mFilterOrderCtl->SetName(wxStripMenuCodes(st->GetLabel())); | |
657 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("1")); | |
658 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("2")); | |
659 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("3")); | |
660 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("4")); | |
661 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("5")); | |
662 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("6")); | |
663 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("7")); | |
664 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("8")); | |
665 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("9")); | |
666 | mFilterOrderCtl->Append (wxT("10")); | |
667 | szr3->Add(mFilterOrderCtl); | |
668 | ||
669 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, wxT("")); | |
670 | st->SetName(wxT("")); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
671 | szr3->Add(st); // empty field in grid to balance Hz in next row | |
672 | ||
673 | szrPass = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); | |
674 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("&Passband Ripple:")); | |
675 | st->SetName(wxStripMenuCodes(st->GetLabel())); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
676 | szrPass->Add(st, flagslabel); | |
677 | wxSize Size(wxDefaultSize); | |
678 | Size.SetWidth (40); | |
679 | mRippleCtl = new wxTextCtrl (this, ID_RIPPLE, wxT("0.0"), wxDefaultPosition, Size); | |
680 | mRippleCtl->SetName( _("Maximum passband attenuation (dB):")); | |
681 | szrPass->Add(mRippleCtl, 0 ); | |
682 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("dB")); | |
683 | st->SetName(st->GetLabel()); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
684 | szrPass->Add(st, flagsunits); | |
685 | szr3->Add(szrPass); | |
686 | ||
687 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("&Subtype:")); | |
688 | szr3->Add(st, flagslabel); | |
689 | st->SetName(wxStripMenuCodes(st->GetLabel())); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
690 | mFilterSubTypeCtl = new wxChoice (this, ID_FILTER_SUBTYPE); | |
691 | mFilterSubTypeCtl->SetName(wxStripMenuCodes(st->GetLabel())); | |
692 | mFilterSubTypeCtl->Append (_("Lowpass")); | |
693 | mFilterSubTypeCtl->Append (_("Highpass")); | |
694 | szr3->Add(mFilterSubTypeCtl); | |
695 | ||
696 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("C&utoff:")); | |
697 | st->SetName(wxStripMenuCodes(st->GetLabel())); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
698 | szr3->Add(st, flagslabel); | |
699 | Size.SetWidth (50); | |
700 | mCutoffCtl = new wxTextCtrl (this, ID_CUTOFF, wxT("0.0"), wxDefaultPosition, Size); | |
701 | mCutoffCtl->SetName(_("Cutoff(Hz):")); | |
702 | szr3->Add(mCutoffCtl, 0); | |
703 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("Hz")); | |
704 | st->SetName(st->GetLabel()); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
705 | szr3->Add(st, flagsunits); | |
706 | ||
707 | szrStop = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL ); | |
708 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("Minimum S&topband Attenuation:") ); | |
709 | st->SetName(wxStripMenuCodes(st->GetLabel())); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
710 | szrStop->Add( st, flagslabel ); | |
711 | Size.SetWidth (40); | |
712 | mStopbandRippleCtl = new wxTextCtrl (this, ID_STOPBAND_RIPPLE, wxT("0.0"), wxDefaultPosition, Size); | |
713 | mStopbandRippleCtl->SetName(_("Minimum stopband attenuation (dB):")); | |
714 | szrStop->Add(mStopbandRippleCtl, 0 ); | |
715 | st = new wxStaticText(this, wxID_ANY, _("dB")); | |
716 | st->SetName(st->GetLabel()); // fix for bug 577 (NVDA/Narrator screen readers do not read static text in dialogs) | |
717 | szrStop->Add(st, flagsunits); | |
718 | szr3->Add(szrStop); | |
719 | ||
720 | // Calculate the min size with both pass and stop-band attenuations showing, to stop them jumping around | |
721 | szrPass->Show(true); | |
722 | szrStop->Show(true); | |
723 | szr3->SetMinSize(szr3->CalcMin()); | |
724 | ||
725 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
726 | // ROW 4: Subtype, Cutoff | |
727 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
728 | ||
729 | szrV->Add( szr3, 0, wxALIGN_CENTER | wxALL, 4 ); | |
730 | ||
731 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
732 | // ROW 5: Preview, OK, & Cancel buttons | |
733 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
734 | szrV->Add(CreateStdButtonSizer(this, ePreviewButton|eCancelButton|eOkButton), 0, wxEXPAND); | |
735 | ||
736 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
737 | // Display now | |
738 | // ------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
739 | SetAutoLayout(false); | |
740 | ||
741 | SetSizerAndFit( szrV ); | |
742 | SetSizeHints(GetSize()); | |
743 | ||
744 | return; | |
745 | } | |
746 | ||
747 | ||
748 | // | |
749 | // Validate data | |
750 | // | |
751 | bool ScienFilterDialog::Validate() | |
752 | { | |
753 | // In this case I don't think there's anything the user could have screwed up | |
754 | return true; | |
755 | } | |
756 | ||
757 | // | |
758 | // Populate the window with relevant variables | |
759 | // | |
760 | bool ScienFilterDialog::TransferDataToWindow() | |
761 | { | |
762 | dBMinSlider->SetValue((int)dBMin); | |
763 | dBMin = 0; // force refresh in TransferGraphLimitsFromWindow() | |
764 | ||
765 | dBMaxSlider->SetValue((int)dBMax); | |
766 | dBMax = 0; // force refresh in TransferGraphLimitsFromWindow() | |
767 | ||
768 | mFilterTypeCtl->SetSelection (FilterType); | |
769 | mFilterOrderCtl->SetSelection (Order - 1); | |
770 | mFilterSubTypeCtl->SetSelection (FilterSubtype); | |
771 | mCutoffCtl->SetValue (Internat::ToDisplayString(Cutoff)); | |
772 | mRippleCtl->SetValue (Internat::ToDisplayString(Ripple)); | |
773 | mStopbandRippleCtl->SetValue (Internat::ToDisplayString(StopbandRipple)); | |
774 | EnableDisableRippleCtl (FilterType); | |
775 | ||
776 | return TransferGraphLimitsFromWindow(); | |
777 | } | |
778 | ||
779 | // | |
780 | // Retrieve data from the window | |
781 | // | |
782 | bool ScienFilterDialog::TransferGraphLimitsFromWindow() | |
783 | { | |
784 | // Read the sliders and send to the panel | |
785 | wxString tip; | |
786 | ||
787 | bool rr = false; | |
788 | int dB = dBMinSlider->GetValue(); | |
789 | if (dB != dBMin) { | |
790 | rr = true; | |
791 | dBMin = dB; | |
792 | mPanel->dBMin = dBMin; | |
793 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
794 | tip.Printf(wxString(wxT("%d ")) + _("dB"),(int)dBMin); | |
795 | dBMinSlider->SetToolTip(tip); | |
796 | #endif | |
797 | } | |
798 | ||
799 | dB = dBMaxSlider->GetValue(); | |
800 | if (dB != dBMax) { | |
801 | rr = true; | |
802 | dBMax = dB; | |
803 | mPanel->dBMax = dBMax; | |
804 | #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS | |
805 | tip.Printf(wxString(wxT("%d ")) + _("dB"),(int)dBMax); | |
806 | dBMaxSlider->SetToolTip(tip); | |
807 | #endif | |
808 | } | |
809 | ||
810 | // Refresh ruler if values have changed | |
811 | if (rr) { | |
812 | int w1, w2, h; | |
813 | dBRuler->ruler.GetMaxSize(&w1, &h); | |
814 | dBRuler->ruler.SetRange(dBMax, dBMin); | |
815 | dBRuler->ruler.GetMaxSize(&w2, &h); | |
816 | if( w1 != w2 ) // Reduces flicker | |
817 | { | |
818 | dBRuler->SetSize(wxSize(w2,h)); | |
819 | szr1->Layout(); | |
820 | freqRuler->Refresh(false); | |
821 | } | |
822 | dBRuler->Refresh(false); | |
823 | } | |
824 | ||
825 | mPanel->Refresh(false); | |
826 | ||
827 | return true; | |
828 | } | |
829 | ||
830 | bool ScienFilterDialog::CalcFilter (EffectScienFilter* effect) | |
831 | { | |
832 | TrackListOfKindIterator iter(Track::Wave, effect->mTracks); | |
833 | WaveTrack *t = (WaveTrack *) iter.First(); | |
834 | float hiFreq; | |
835 | if (t) | |
836 | hiFreq = ((float)(t->GetRate())/2.); | |
837 | else | |
838 | hiFreq = ((float)(GetActiveProject()->GetRate())/2.); | |
839 | ||
840 | // Set up the coefficients in all the biquads | |
841 | float fNorm = Cutoff / hiFreq; | |
842 | if (fNorm >= 0.9999) | |
843 | fNorm = 0.9999F; | |
844 | float fC = tan (PI * fNorm / 2); | |
845 | float fDCPoleDistSqr = 1.0F; | |
846 | float fZPoleX, fZPoleY; | |
847 | float fZZeroX, fZZeroY; | |
848 | float beta = cos (fNorm*PI); | |
849 | switch (FilterType) | |
850 | { | |
851 | case 0: // Butterworth | |
852 | if ((Order & 1) == 0) | |
853 | { | |
854 | // Even order | |
855 | for (int iPair = 0; iPair < Order/2; iPair++) | |
856 | { | |
857 | float fSPoleX = fC * cos (PI - (iPair + 0.5) * PI / Order); | |
858 | float fSPoleY = fC * sin (PI - (iPair + 0.5) * PI / Order); | |
859 | BilinTransform (fSPoleX, fSPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
860 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [0] = 1; | |
861 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
862 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = 2; | |
863 | else | |
864 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = -2; | |
865 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [2] = 1; | |
866 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [0] = -2 * fZPoleX; | |
867 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [1] = square(fZPoleX) + square(fZPoleY); | |
868 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
869 | fDCPoleDistSqr *= Calc2D_DistSqr (1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY); | |
870 | else | |
871 | fDCPoleDistSqr *= Calc2D_DistSqr (-1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY); // distance from Nyquist | |
872 | } | |
873 | } | |
874 | else | |
875 | { | |
876 | // Odd order - first do the 1st-order section | |
877 | float fSPoleX = -fC; | |
878 | float fSPoleY = 0; | |
879 | BilinTransform (fSPoleX, fSPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
880 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [0] = 1; | |
881 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
882 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = 1; | |
883 | else | |
884 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = -1; | |
885 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [2] = 0; | |
886 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fDenomCoeffs [0] = -fZPoleX; | |
887 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fDenomCoeffs [1] = 0; | |
888 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
889 | fDCPoleDistSqr = 1 - fZPoleX; | |
890 | else | |
891 | fDCPoleDistSqr = fZPoleX + 1; // dist from Nyquist | |
892 | for (int iPair = 1; iPair <= Order/2; iPair++) | |
893 | { | |
894 | float fSPoleX = fC * cos (PI - iPair * PI / Order); | |
895 | float fSPoleY = fC * sin (PI - iPair * PI / Order); | |
896 | BilinTransform (fSPoleX, fSPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
897 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [0] = 1; | |
898 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
899 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = 2; | |
900 | else | |
901 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = -2; | |
902 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [2] = 1; | |
903 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [0] = -2 * fZPoleX; | |
904 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [1] = square(fZPoleX) + square(fZPoleY); | |
905 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
906 | fDCPoleDistSqr *= Calc2D_DistSqr (1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY); | |
907 | else | |
908 | fDCPoleDistSqr *= Calc2D_DistSqr (-1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY); // distance from Nyquist | |
909 | } | |
910 | } | |
911 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [0] *= fDCPoleDistSqr / (1 << Order); // mult by DC dist from poles, divide by dist from zeroes | |
912 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [1] *= fDCPoleDistSqr / (1 << Order); | |
913 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [2] *= fDCPoleDistSqr / (1 << Order); | |
914 | break; | |
915 | ||
916 | case 1: // Chebyshev Type 1 | |
917 | double eps; eps = sqrt (pow (10.0, __max(0.001, Ripple) / 10.0) - 1); | |
918 | double a; a = log (1 / eps + sqrt(1 / square(eps) + 1)) / Order; | |
919 | // Assume even order to start | |
920 | for (int iPair = 0; iPair < Order/2; iPair++) | |
921 | { | |
922 | float fSPoleX = -fC * sinh (a) * sin ((2*iPair + 1) * PI / (2 * Order)); | |
923 | float fSPoleY = fC * cosh (a) * cos ((2*iPair + 1) * PI / (2 * Order)); | |
924 | BilinTransform (fSPoleX, fSPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
925 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
926 | { | |
927 | fZZeroX = -1; | |
928 | fDCPoleDistSqr = Calc2D_DistSqr (1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY); | |
929 | fDCPoleDistSqr /= 2*2; // dist from zero at Nyquist | |
930 | } | |
931 | else | |
932 | { | |
933 | // Highpass - do the digital LP->HP transform on the poles and zeroes | |
934 | ComplexDiv (beta - fZPoleX, -fZPoleY, 1 - beta * fZPoleX, -beta * fZPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
935 | fZZeroX = 1; | |
936 | fDCPoleDistSqr = Calc2D_DistSqr (-1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY); // distance from Nyquist | |
937 | fDCPoleDistSqr /= 2*2; // dist from zero at Nyquist | |
938 | } | |
939 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [0] = fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
940 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = -2 * fZZeroX * fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
941 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [2] = fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
942 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [0] = -2 * fZPoleX; | |
943 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [1] = square(fZPoleX) + square(fZPoleY); | |
944 | } | |
945 | if ((Order & 1) == 0) | |
946 | { | |
947 | float fTemp = pow (10.0, -__max(0.001, Ripple) / 20.0); // at DC the response is down R dB (for even-order) | |
948 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [0] *= fTemp; | |
949 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [1] *= fTemp; | |
950 | effect->mpBiquad[0]->fNumerCoeffs [2] *= fTemp; | |
951 | } | |
952 | else | |
953 | { | |
954 | // Odd order - now do the 1st-order section | |
955 | float fSPoleX = -fC * sinh (a); | |
956 | float fSPoleY = 0; | |
957 | BilinTransform (fSPoleX, fSPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
958 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
959 | { | |
960 | fZZeroX = -1; | |
961 | fDCPoleDistSqr = sqrt(Calc2D_DistSqr (1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY)); | |
962 | fDCPoleDistSqr /= 2; // dist from zero at Nyquist | |
963 | } | |
964 | else | |
965 | { | |
966 | // Highpass - do the digital LP->HP transform on the poles and zeroes | |
967 | ComplexDiv (beta - fZPoleX, -fZPoleY, 1 - beta * fZPoleX, -beta * fZPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
968 | fZZeroX = 1; | |
969 | fDCPoleDistSqr = sqrt(Calc2D_DistSqr (-1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY)); // distance from Nyquist | |
970 | fDCPoleDistSqr /= 2; // dist from zero at Nyquist | |
971 | } | |
972 | effect->mpBiquad[(Order-1)/2]->fNumerCoeffs [0] = fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
973 | effect->mpBiquad[(Order-1)/2]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = -fZZeroX * fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
974 | effect->mpBiquad[(Order-1)/2]->fNumerCoeffs [2] = 0; | |
975 | effect->mpBiquad[(Order-1)/2]->fDenomCoeffs [0] = -fZPoleX; | |
976 | effect->mpBiquad[(Order-1)/2]->fDenomCoeffs [1] = 0; | |
977 | } | |
978 | break; | |
979 | ||
980 | case 2: // Chebyshev Type 2 | |
981 | float fSZeroX, fSZeroY; | |
982 | float fSPoleX, fSPoleY; | |
983 | eps = pow (10.0, -__max(0.001, StopbandRipple) / 20.0); | |
984 | a = log (1 / eps + sqrt(1 / square(eps) + 1)) / Order; | |
985 | ||
986 | // Assume even order | |
987 | for (int iPair = 0; iPair < Order/2; iPair++) | |
988 | { | |
989 | ComplexDiv (fC, 0, -sinh (a) * sin ((2*iPair + 1) * PI / (2 * Order)), | |
990 | cosh (a) * cos ((2*iPair + 1) * PI / (2 * Order)), | |
991 | &fSPoleX, &fSPoleY); | |
992 | BilinTransform (fSPoleX, fSPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
993 | fSZeroX = 0; | |
994 | fSZeroY = fC / cos (((2 * iPair) + 1) * PI / (2 * Order)); | |
995 | BilinTransform (fSZeroX, fSZeroY, &fZZeroX, &fZZeroY); | |
996 | ||
997 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
998 | { | |
999 | fDCPoleDistSqr = Calc2D_DistSqr (1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY); | |
1000 | fDCPoleDistSqr /= Calc2D_DistSqr (1, 0, fZZeroX, fZZeroY); | |
1001 | } | |
1002 | else | |
1003 | { | |
1004 | // Highpass - do the digital LP->HP transform on the poles and zeroes | |
1005 | ComplexDiv (beta - fZPoleX, -fZPoleY, 1 - beta * fZPoleX, -beta * fZPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
1006 | ComplexDiv (beta - fZZeroX, -fZZeroY, 1 - beta * fZZeroX, -beta * fZZeroY, &fZZeroX, &fZZeroY); | |
1007 | fDCPoleDistSqr = Calc2D_DistSqr (-1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY); // distance from Nyquist | |
1008 | fDCPoleDistSqr /= Calc2D_DistSqr (-1, 0, fZZeroX, fZZeroY); | |
1009 | } | |
1010 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [0] = fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
1011 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = -2 * fZZeroX * fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
1012 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [2] = (square(fZZeroX) + square(fZZeroY)) * fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
1013 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [0] = -2 * fZPoleX; | |
1014 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [1] = square(fZPoleX) + square(fZPoleY); | |
1015 | } | |
1016 | // Now, if it's odd order, we have one more to do | |
1017 | if (Order & 1) | |
1018 | { | |
1019 | int iPair = (Order-1)/2; // we'll do it as a biquad, but it's just first-order | |
1020 | ComplexDiv (fC, 0, -sinh (a) * sin ((2*iPair + 1) * PI / (2 * Order)), | |
1021 | cosh (a) * cos ((2*iPair + 1) * PI / (2 * Order)), | |
1022 | &fSPoleX, &fSPoleY); | |
1023 | BilinTransform (fSPoleX, fSPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
1024 | fZZeroX = -1; // in the s-plane, the zero is at infinity | |
1025 | fZZeroY = 0; | |
1026 | if (FilterSubtype == 0) // LOWPASS | |
1027 | { | |
1028 | fDCPoleDistSqr = sqrt(Calc2D_DistSqr (1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY)); | |
1029 | fDCPoleDistSqr /= 2; | |
1030 | } | |
1031 | else | |
1032 | { | |
1033 | // Highpass - do the digital LP->HP transform on the poles and zeroes | |
1034 | ComplexDiv (beta - fZPoleX, -fZPoleY, 1 - beta * fZPoleX, -fZPoleY, &fZPoleX, &fZPoleY); | |
1035 | fZZeroX = 1; | |
1036 | fDCPoleDistSqr = sqrt(Calc2D_DistSqr (-1, 0, fZPoleX, fZPoleY)); // distance from Nyquist | |
1037 | fDCPoleDistSqr /= 2; | |
1038 | } | |
1039 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [0] = fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
1040 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [1] = -fZZeroX * fDCPoleDistSqr; | |
1041 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fNumerCoeffs [2] = 0; | |
1042 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [0] = -fZPoleX; | |
1043 | effect->mpBiquad[iPair]->fDenomCoeffs [1] = 0; | |
1044 | } | |
1045 | break; | |
1046 | } | |
1047 | effect->mOrder = Order; // ?? needed for ProcessOne to work in Preview. This probably should be done a different way, but how? | |
1048 | return true; | |
1049 | } | |
1050 | ||
1051 | static double s_fChebyCoeffs [MAX_FILTER_ORDER][MAX_FILTER_ORDER+1] = { | |
1052 | // For Chebyshev polynomials of the first kind (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chebyshev_polynomial) | |
1053 | // Coeffs are in the order 0, 1, 2...9 | |
1054 | {0, 1}, // order 1 | |
1055 | {-1, 0, 2}, // order 2 etc. | |
1056 | {0, -3, 0, 4}, | |
1057 | {1, 0, -8, 0, 8}, | |
1058 | {0, 5, 0, -20, 0, 16}, | |
1059 | {-1, 0, 18, 0, -48, 0, 32}, | |
1060 | {0, -7, 0, 56, 0, -112, 0, 64}, | |
1061 | {1, 0, -32, 0, 160, 0, -256, 0, 128}, | |
1062 | {0, 9, 0, -120, 0, 432, 0, -576, 0, 256}, | |
1063 | {-1, 0, 50, 0, -400, 0, 1120, 0, -1280, 0, 512} | |
1064 | }; | |
1065 | ||
1066 | static double ChebyPoly (int Order, double NormFreq) // NormFreq = 1 at the f0 point (where response is R dB down) | |
1067 | { | |
1068 | // Calc cosh (Order * acosh (NormFreq)); | |
1069 | double x = 1; | |
1070 | double fSum = 0; | |
1071 | wxASSERT (Order > 0 && Order <= MAX_FILTER_ORDER); | |
1072 | for (int i = 0; i <= Order; i++) | |
1073 | { | |
1074 | fSum += s_fChebyCoeffs [Order-1][i] * x; | |
1075 | x *= NormFreq; | |
1076 | } | |
1077 | return fSum; | |
1078 | } | |
1079 | ||
1080 | float ScienFilterDialog::FilterMagnAtFreq (float Freq) | |
1081 | { | |
1082 | float Magn; | |
1083 | if (Freq >= mNyquist) | |
1084 | Freq = mNyquist - 1; // prevent tan(PI/2) | |
1085 | float FreqWarped = tan (PI * Freq/(2*mNyquist)); | |
1086 | if (Cutoff >= mNyquist) | |
1087 | Cutoff = mNyquist - 1; | |
1088 | float CutoffWarped = tan (PI * Cutoff/(2*mNyquist)); | |
1089 | float fOverflowThresh = pow (10.0, 12.0 / (2*Order)); // once we exceed 10^12 there's not much to be gained and overflow could happen | |
1090 | ||
1091 | switch (FilterType) | |
1092 | { | |
1093 | case 0: // Butterworth | |
1094 | default: | |
1095 | switch (FilterSubtype) | |
1096 | { | |
1097 | case 0: // lowpass | |
1098 | default: | |
1099 | if (FreqWarped/CutoffWarped > fOverflowThresh) // prevent pow() overflow | |
1100 | Magn = 0; | |
1101 | else | |
1102 | Magn = sqrt (1 / (1 + pow (FreqWarped/CutoffWarped, 2*Order))); | |
1103 | break; | |
1104 | case 1: // highpass | |
1105 | if (FreqWarped/CutoffWarped > fOverflowThresh) | |
1106 | Magn = 1; | |
1107 | else | |
1108 | Magn = sqrt (pow (FreqWarped/CutoffWarped, 2*Order) / (1 + pow (FreqWarped/CutoffWarped, 2*Order))); | |
1109 | break; | |
1110 | } | |
1111 | break; | |
1112 | ||
1113 | case 1: // Chebyshev Type 1 | |
1114 | double eps; eps = sqrt(pow (10.0, __max(0.001, Ripple)/10.0) - 1); | |
1115 | switch (FilterSubtype) | |
1116 | { | |
1117 | case 0: // lowpass | |
1118 | default: | |
1119 | Magn = sqrt (1 / (1 + square(eps) * square(ChebyPoly(Order, FreqWarped/CutoffWarped)))); | |
1120 | break; | |
1121 | case 1: | |
1122 | Magn = sqrt (1 / (1 + square(eps) * square(ChebyPoly(Order, CutoffWarped/FreqWarped)))); | |
1123 | break; | |
1124 | } | |
1125 | break; | |
1126 | ||
1127 | case 2: // Chebyshev Type 2 | |
1128 | eps = 1 / sqrt(pow (10.0, __max(0.001, StopbandRipple)/10.0) - 1); | |
1129 | switch (FilterSubtype) | |
1130 | { | |
1131 | case 0: // lowpass | |
1132 | default: | |
1133 | Magn = sqrt (1 / (1 + 1 / (square(eps) * square(ChebyPoly(Order, CutoffWarped/FreqWarped))))); | |
1134 | break; | |
1135 | case 1: | |
1136 | Magn = sqrt (1 / (1 + 1 / (square(eps) * square(ChebyPoly(Order, FreqWarped/CutoffWarped))))); | |
1137 | break; | |
1138 | } | |
1139 | break; | |
1140 | } | |
1141 | ||
1142 | return Magn; | |
1143 | } | |
1144 | ||
1145 | ||
1146 | ||
1147 | // WDR: handler implementations for ScienFilterDialog | |
1148 | ||
1149 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnOrder(wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1150 | { | |
1151 | Order = mFilterOrderCtl->GetSelection() + 1; // 0..n-1 -> 1..n | |
1152 | mPanel->Refresh (false); | |
1153 | } | |
1154 | ||
1155 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnFilterType (wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1156 | { | |
1157 | FilterType = mFilterTypeCtl->GetSelection(); | |
1158 | EnableDisableRippleCtl (FilterType); | |
1159 | mPanel->Refresh (false); | |
1160 | } | |
1161 | ||
1162 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnFilterSubtype (wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1163 | { | |
1164 | FilterSubtype = mFilterSubTypeCtl->GetSelection(); | |
1165 | mPanel->Refresh (false); | |
1166 | } | |
1167 | ||
1168 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnCutoff (wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1169 | { | |
1170 | double CutoffTemp; | |
1171 | if (mCutoffCtl) | |
1172 | { | |
1173 | if (mCutoffCtl->GetValue().ToDouble(&CutoffTemp)) | |
1174 | { | |
1175 | Cutoff = CutoffTemp; | |
1176 | if (Cutoff >= mNyquist) | |
1177 | { | |
1178 | Cutoff = mNyquist - 1; // could handle Nyquist as a special case? eg. straight through if LPF | |
1179 | mCutoffCtl->SetValue(Internat::ToDisplayString(Cutoff)); | |
1180 | } | |
1181 | wxButton *ok = (wxButton *) FindWindow(wxID_OK); | |
1182 | if (Cutoff < 0.1) // 0.1 Hz min | |
1183 | { | |
1184 | // Disable OK button | |
1185 | ok->Enable(0); | |
1186 | } | |
1187 | else | |
1188 | ok->Enable(1); | |
1189 | } | |
1190 | mPanel->Refresh (false); | |
1191 | } | |
1192 | } | |
1193 | ||
1194 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnRipple (wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1195 | { | |
1196 | double RippleTemp; | |
1197 | if (mRippleCtl) | |
1198 | { | |
1199 | if (mRippleCtl->GetValue().ToDouble(&RippleTemp)) | |
1200 | Ripple = RippleTemp; | |
1201 | mPanel->Refresh (false); | |
1202 | } | |
1203 | } | |
1204 | ||
1205 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnStopbandRipple (wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1206 | { | |
1207 | double RippleTemp; | |
1208 | if (mStopbandRippleCtl) | |
1209 | { | |
1210 | if (mStopbandRippleCtl->GetValue().ToDouble(&RippleTemp)) | |
1211 | StopbandRipple = RippleTemp; | |
1212 | mPanel->Refresh (false); | |
1213 | } | |
1214 | } | |
1215 | ||
1216 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnSliderDBMIN(wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1217 | { | |
1218 | TransferGraphLimitsFromWindow(); | |
1219 | } | |
1220 | ||
1221 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnSliderDBMAX(wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1222 | { | |
1223 | TransferGraphLimitsFromWindow(); | |
1224 | } | |
1225 | ||
1226 | ||
1227 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnErase(wxEraseEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1228 | { | |
1229 | // Ignore it | |
1230 | } | |
1231 | ||
1232 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1233 | { | |
1234 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
1235 | ||
1236 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
1237 | dc.SetBackground(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DFACE))); | |
1238 | #endif | |
1239 | ||
1240 | dc.Clear(); | |
1241 | } | |
1242 | ||
1243 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnSize(wxSizeEvent &event) | |
1244 | { | |
1245 | Layout(); | |
1246 | ||
1247 | event.Skip(); | |
1248 | } | |
1249 | ||
1250 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnPreview(wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1251 | { | |
1252 | CalcFilter (m_pEffect); | |
1253 | m_pEffect->Preview(); | |
1254 | } | |
1255 | ||
1256 | ||
1257 | void ScienFilterDialog::Finish(bool ok) | |
1258 | { | |
1259 | mPanel = NULL; | |
1260 | EndModal(ok); | |
1261 | } | |
1262 | ||
1263 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnCancel(wxCommandEvent &WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1264 | { | |
1265 | Finish(false); | |
1266 | } | |
1267 | ||
1268 | void ScienFilterDialog::OnOk(wxCommandEvent &event) | |
1269 | { | |
1270 | CalcFilter (m_pEffect); | |
1271 | ||
1272 | if( Validate() ) | |
1273 | { | |
1274 | Finish(true); | |
1275 | } | |
1276 | else | |
1277 | { | |
1278 | event.Skip(false); | |
1279 | } | |
1280 | } | |
1281 | ||
1282 | void ScienFilterDialog::EnableDisableRippleCtl (int FilterType) | |
1283 | { | |
1284 | if (FilterType == 0) // Butterworth | |
1285 | { | |
1286 | szrPass->Show(false); | |
1287 | szrStop->Show(false); | |
1288 | } | |
1289 | else if (FilterType == 1) // Chebyshev Type1 | |
1290 | { | |
1291 | szrPass->Show(true); | |
1292 | szrStop->Show(false); | |
1293 | } | |
1294 | else // Chebyshev Type2 | |
1295 | { | |
1296 | szrPass->Show(false); | |
1297 | szrStop->Show(true); | |
1298 | } | |
1299 | wxSizeEvent dummy; | |
1300 | OnSize(dummy); | |
1301 | } | |
1302 |
0 | /********************************************************************** | |
1 | ||
2 | Audacity: A Digital Audio Editor | |
3 | ||
4 | KeyView.cpp | |
5 | ||
6 | *******************************************************************//*! | |
7 | ||
8 | \class KeyView | |
9 | \brief Provides multiple views of keyboard shortcuts | |
10 | ||
11 | *//*********************************************************************/ | |
12 | ||
13 | #include "../Audacity.h" | |
14 | ||
15 | #include <wx/defs.h> | |
16 | #include <wx/settings.h> | |
17 | #include <wx/vlbox.h> | |
18 | ||
19 | #include "../AColor.h" | |
20 | #include "../ShuttleGui.h" | |
21 | #include "../commands/CommandManager.h" | |
22 | #include "../commands/Keyboard.h" | |
23 | #include "KeyView.h" | |
24 | ||
25 | #include <wx/arrimpl.cpp> | |
26 | ||
27 | // Various drawing constants | |
28 | #define KV_BITMAP_SIZE 16 | |
29 | #define KV_LEFT_MARGIN 2 | |
30 | #define KV_COLUMN_SPACER 5 | |
31 | #define KV_VSCROLL_WIDTH 16 /* figure this out automatically? */ | |
32 | ||
33 | // Define the KeyNode arrays | |
34 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(KeyNodeArray); | |
35 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(KeyNodeArrayPtr); | |
36 | ||
37 | // Define the event table | |
38 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(KeyView, wxVListBox) | |
39 | EVT_LEFT_DOWN(KeyView::OnLeftDown) | |
40 | EVT_KEY_DOWN(KeyView::OnKeyDown) | |
41 | EVT_LISTBOX(wxID_ANY, KeyView::OnSelected) | |
42 | EVT_SET_FOCUS(KeyView::OnSetFocus) | |
43 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS(KeyView::OnKillFocus) | |
44 | EVT_SIZE(KeyView::OnSize) | |
45 | EVT_SCROLLWIN(KeyView::OnScroll) | |
46 | END_EVENT_TABLE(); | |
47 | ||
48 | // ============================================================================ | |
49 | // KeyView class | |
50 | // ============================================================================ | |
51 | KeyView::KeyView(wxWindow *parent, | |
52 | wxWindowID id, | |
53 | const wxPoint & pos, | |
54 | const wxSize & size) | |
55 | : wxVListBox(parent, id, pos, size, wxBORDER_THEME), | |
56 | mOpen(NULL), | |
57 | mClosed(NULL), | |
58 | mScrollX(0), | |
59 | mWidth(0) | |
60 | { | |
61 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY | |
62 | // Create and set accessibility object | |
63 | mAx = new KeyViewAx(this); | |
64 | SetAccessible(mAx); | |
65 | #endif | |
66 | ||
67 | // Create the device context | |
68 | wxMemoryDC dc; | |
69 | ||
70 | // Create the open/expanded bitmap | |
71 | mOpen = new wxBitmap(16, 16); | |
72 | dc.SelectObject(*mOpen); | |
73 | ||
74 | dc.SetBrush(*wxWHITE_BRUSH); | |
75 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); | |
76 | dc.DrawRectangle(0, 0, 16, 16); | |
77 | ||
78 | dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); | |
79 | dc.DrawRectangle(3, 4, 9, 9); | |
80 | dc.DrawLine(5, 8, 10, 8); | |
81 | dc.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); | |
82 | ||
83 | // Create the closed/collapsed bitmap | |
84 | mClosed = new wxBitmap(16, 16); | |
85 | dc.SelectObject(*mClosed); | |
86 | ||
87 | dc.SetBrush(*wxWHITE_BRUSH); | |
88 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); | |
89 | dc.DrawRectangle(0, 0, 16, 16); | |
90 | ||
91 | dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); | |
92 | dc.DrawRectangle(3, 4, 9, 9); | |
93 | dc.DrawLine(7, 6, 7, 11); | |
94 | dc.DrawLine(5, 8, 10, 8); | |
95 | dc.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); | |
96 | ||
97 | // The default view | |
98 | mViewType = ViewByTree; | |
99 | } | |
100 | ||
101 | KeyView::~KeyView() | |
102 | { | |
103 | // Cleanup | |
104 | if (mOpen) | |
105 | { | |
106 | delete mOpen; | |
107 | } | |
108 | ||
109 | if (mClosed) | |
110 | { | |
111 | delete mClosed; | |
112 | } | |
113 | } | |
114 | ||
115 | // | |
116 | // Returns the index of the selected node | |
117 | // | |
118 | int | |
119 | KeyView::GetSelected() const | |
120 | { | |
121 | return LineToIndex(GetSelection()); | |
122 | } | |
123 | ||
124 | // | |
125 | // Returns the name of the control | |
126 | // | |
127 | wxString | |
128 | KeyView::GetName() const | |
129 | { | |
130 | // Just forward request | |
131 | return wxVListBox::GetName(); | |
132 | } | |
133 | ||
134 | // | |
135 | // Returns the label for the given index | |
136 | // | |
137 | wxString | |
138 | KeyView::GetLabel(int index) const | |
139 | { | |
140 | // Make sure index is valid | |
141 | if (index < 0 || index >= (int) mNodes.GetCount()) | |
142 | { | |
143 | wxASSERT(false); | |
144 | return wxEmptyString; | |
145 | } | |
146 | ||
147 | return mNodes[index].label; | |
148 | } | |
149 | ||
150 | // | |
151 | // Returns the prefix (if available) prepended to the label for the given index | |
152 | // | |
153 | wxString | |
154 | KeyView::GetFullLabel(int index) const | |
155 | { | |
156 | // Make sure index is valid | |
157 | if (index < 0 || index >= (int) mNodes.GetCount()) | |
158 | { | |
159 | wxASSERT(false); | |
160 | return wxEmptyString; | |
161 | } | |
162 | ||
163 | // Cache the node and label | |
164 | KeyNode & node = mNodes[index]; | |
165 | wxString label = node.label; | |
166 | ||
167 | // Prepend the prefix if available | |
168 | if (!node.prefix.IsEmpty()) | |
169 | { | |
170 | label = node.prefix + wxT(" - ") + label; | |
171 | } | |
172 | ||
173 | return label; | |
174 | } | |
175 | ||
176 | // | |
177 | // Returns the index for the given name | |
178 | // | |
179 | int | |
180 | KeyView::GetIndexByName(const wxString & name) const | |
181 | { | |
182 | int cnt = (int) mNodes.GetCount(); | |
183 | ||
184 | // Search the nodes for the key | |
185 | for (int i = 0; i < cnt; i++) | |
186 | { | |
187 | if (name.CmpNoCase(mNodes[i].name) == 0) | |
188 | { | |
189 | return mNodes[i].index; | |
190 | } | |
191 | } | |
192 | ||
193 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
194 | } | |
195 | ||
196 | // | |
197 | // Returns the command manager name for the given index | |
198 | // | |
199 | wxString | |
200 | KeyView::GetName(int index) const | |
201 | { | |
202 | // Make sure index is valid | |
203 | if (index < 0 || index >= (int) mNodes.GetCount()) | |
204 | { | |
205 | wxASSERT(false); | |
206 | return wxEmptyString; | |
207 | } | |
208 | ||
209 | return mNodes[index].name; | |
210 | } | |
211 | ||
212 | // | |
213 | // Returns the command manager index for the given key combination | |
214 | // | |
215 | wxString | |
216 | KeyView::GetNameByKey(const wxString & key) const | |
217 | { | |
218 | int cnt = (int) mNodes.GetCount(); | |
219 | ||
220 | // Search the nodes for the key | |
221 | for (int i = 0; i < cnt; i++) | |
222 | { | |
223 | if (key.CmpNoCase(mNodes[i].key) == 0) | |
224 | { | |
225 | return mNodes[i].name; | |
226 | } | |
227 | } | |
228 | ||
229 | return wxEmptyString; | |
230 | } | |
231 | ||
232 | // | |
233 | // Returns the index for the given key | |
234 | // | |
235 | int | |
236 | KeyView::GetIndexByKey(const wxString & key) const | |
237 | { | |
238 | int cnt = (int) mNodes.GetCount(); | |
239 | ||
240 | // Search the nodes for the key | |
241 | for (int i = 0; i < cnt; i++) | |
242 | { | |
243 | if (key.CmpNoCase(mNodes[i].key) == 0) | |
244 | { | |
245 | return mNodes[i].index; | |
246 | } | |
247 | } | |
248 | ||
249 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
250 | } | |
251 | ||
252 | // | |
253 | // Returns the key for the given index | |
254 | // | |
255 | wxString | |
256 | KeyView::GetKey(int index) const | |
257 | { | |
258 | // Make sure index is valid | |
259 | if (index < 0 || index >= (int) mNodes.GetCount()) | |
260 | { | |
261 | wxASSERT(false); | |
262 | return wxEmptyString; | |
263 | } | |
264 | ||
265 | return mNodes[index].key; | |
266 | } | |
267 | ||
268 | // | |
269 | // Use to determine if a key can be assigned to the given index | |
270 | // | |
271 | bool | |
272 | KeyView::CanSetKey(int index) const | |
273 | { | |
274 | // Make sure index is valid | |
275 | if (index < 0 || index >= (int) mNodes.GetCount()) | |
276 | { | |
277 | wxASSERT(false); | |
278 | return false; | |
279 | } | |
280 | ||
281 | // Parents can't be assigned keys | |
282 | return !mNodes[index].isparent; | |
283 | } | |
284 | ||
285 | // | |
286 | // Sets the key for the given index | |
287 | // | |
288 | bool | |
289 | KeyView::SetKey(int index, const wxString & key) | |
290 | { | |
291 | // Make sure index is valid | |
292 | if (index < 0 || index >= (int) mNodes.GetCount()) | |
293 | { | |
294 | wxASSERT(false); | |
295 | return false; | |
296 | } | |
297 | ||
298 | // Cache the node | |
299 | KeyNode & node = mNodes[index]; | |
300 | ||
301 | // Do not allow setting keys on branches | |
302 | if (node.isparent) | |
303 | { | |
304 | return false; | |
305 | } | |
306 | ||
307 | // Set the new key | |
308 | node.key = key; | |
309 | ||
310 | // Check to see if the key column needs to be expanded | |
311 | int x, y; | |
312 | GetTextExtent(node.key, &x, &y); | |
313 | if (x > mKeyWidth || y > mLineHeight) | |
314 | { | |
315 | // New key is wider than column so recalc extents (will refresh view) | |
316 | RecalcExtents(); | |
317 | return true; | |
318 | } | |
319 | ||
320 | // Refresh the view lines | |
321 | RefreshAll(); | |
322 | ||
323 | return true; | |
324 | } | |
325 | ||
326 | // | |
327 | // Sets the key for the given name | |
328 | // | |
329 | bool | |
330 | KeyView::SetKeyByName(const wxString & name, const wxString & key) | |
331 | { | |
332 | int index = GetIndexByName(name); | |
333 | ||
334 | // Bail is the name wasn't found | |
335 | if (index == wxNOT_FOUND) | |
336 | { | |
337 | return false; | |
338 | } | |
339 | ||
340 | // Go set the key | |
341 | return SetKey(index, key); | |
342 | } | |
343 | ||
344 | // | |
345 | // Sets the view type | |
346 | // | |
347 | void | |
348 | KeyView::SetView(ViewByType type) | |
349 | { | |
350 | int index = LineToIndex(GetSelection()); | |
351 | ||
352 | // Handle an existing selection | |
353 | if (index != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
354 | { | |
355 | // Cache the currently selected node | |
356 | KeyNode & node = mNodes[index]; | |
357 | ||
358 | // Expand branches if switching to Tree view and a line | |
359 | // is currently selected | |
360 | if (type == ViewByTree) | |
361 | { | |
362 | // Cache the node's depth | |
363 | int depth = node.depth; | |
364 | ||
365 | // Search for its parents, setting each one as open | |
366 | for (int i = node.index - 1; i >= 0 && depth > 1; i--) | |
367 | { | |
368 | if (mNodes[i].depth < depth) | |
369 | { | |
370 | mNodes[i].isopen = true; | |
371 | depth = mNodes[i].depth; | |
372 | } | |
373 | } | |
374 | } | |
375 | } | |
376 | ||
377 | // Unselect any currently selected line...do even if none selected | |
378 | SelectNode(-1); | |
379 | ||
380 | // Save new type | |
381 | mViewType = type; | |
382 | ||
383 | // Refresh the view lines | |
384 | RefreshLines(); | |
385 | ||
386 | // Reselect old node (if possible) | |
387 | if (index != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
388 | { | |
389 | SelectNode(index); | |
390 | } | |
391 | ||
392 | return; | |
393 | } | |
394 | ||
395 | // | |
396 | // Sets the filter | |
397 | // | |
398 | void | |
399 | KeyView::SetFilter(const wxString & filter) | |
400 | { | |
401 | int index = LineToIndex(GetSelection()); | |
402 | ||
403 | // Unselect any currently selected line...do even if none selected | |
404 | SelectNode(-1); | |
405 | ||
406 | // Save the filter | |
407 | mFilter = filter.Lower(); | |
408 | ||
409 | // Refresh the view lines | |
410 | RefreshLines(); | |
411 | ||
412 | // Reselect old node (if possible) | |
413 | if (index != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
414 | { | |
415 | SelectNode(index); | |
416 | } | |
417 | } | |
418 | ||
419 | // | |
420 | // Expand all branches | |
421 | // | |
422 | void | |
423 | KeyView::ExpandAll() | |
424 | { | |
425 | int cnt = (int) mNodes.GetCount(); | |
426 | ||
427 | // Set all parent nodes to open | |
428 | for (int i = 0; i < cnt; i++) | |
429 | { | |
430 | KeyNode & node = mNodes[i]; | |
431 | ||
432 | if (node.isparent) | |
433 | { | |
434 | node.isopen = true; | |
435 | } | |
436 | } | |
437 | ||
438 | RefreshLines(); | |
439 | } | |
440 | ||
441 | // | |
442 | // Collapse all branches | |
443 | // | |
444 | void | |
445 | KeyView::CollapseAll() | |
446 | { | |
447 | int cnt = (int) mNodes.GetCount(); | |
448 | ||
449 | // Set all parent nodes to closed | |
450 | for (int i = 0; i < cnt; i++) | |
451 | { | |
452 | KeyNode & node = mNodes[i]; | |
453 | ||
454 | if (node.isparent) | |
455 | { | |
456 | node.isopen = false; | |
457 | } | |
458 | } | |
459 | ||
460 | RefreshLines(); | |
461 | } | |
462 | ||
463 | // | |
464 | // Recalculate the measurements used for columns and scrolling | |
465 | // | |
466 | void | |
467 | KeyView::RecalcExtents() | |
468 | { | |
469 | // Reset | |
470 | mLineHeight = 0; | |
471 | mCommandWidth = 0; | |
472 | mKeyWidth = 0; | |
473 | ||
474 | // Examine all nodes | |
475 | int cnt = (int) mNodes.GetCount(); | |
476 | for (int i = 0; i < cnt; i++) | |
477 | { | |
478 | KeyNode & node = mNodes[i]; | |
479 | int x, y; | |
480 | ||
481 | if (node.iscat) | |
482 | { | |
483 | // Measure the category | |
484 | GetTextExtent(node.category, &x, &y); | |
485 | } | |
486 | else if (node.ispfx) | |
487 | { | |
488 | // Measure the prefix | |
489 | GetTextExtent(node.prefix, &x, &y); | |
490 | } | |
491 | else | |
492 | { | |
493 | // Measure the key | |
494 | GetTextExtent(node.key, &x, &y); | |
495 | mLineHeight = wxMax(mLineHeight, y); | |
496 | mKeyWidth = wxMax(mKeyWidth, x); | |
497 | ||
498 | // Prepend prefix for view types other than tree | |
499 | wxString label = node.label; | |
500 | if (mViewType != ViewByTree && !node.prefix.IsEmpty()) | |
501 | { | |
502 | label = node.prefix + wxT(" - ") + label; | |
503 | } | |
504 | ||
505 | // Measure the label | |
506 | GetTextExtent(label, &x, &y); | |
507 | } | |
508 | ||
509 | // Finish calc for command column | |
510 | mLineHeight = wxMax(mLineHeight, y); | |
511 | mCommandWidth = wxMax(mCommandWidth, x); | |
512 | } | |
513 | ||
514 | // Update horizontal scrollbar | |
515 | UpdateHScroll(); | |
516 | } | |
517 | ||
518 | // | |
519 | // Update the horizontal scrollbar or remove it if not needed | |
520 | // | |
521 | void | |
522 | KeyView::UpdateHScroll() | |
523 | { | |
524 | // Get the internal dimensions of the view | |
525 | wxRect r = GetClientRect(); | |
526 | ||
527 | // Calculate the full line width | |
528 | mWidth = KV_LEFT_MARGIN + | |
529 | mCommandWidth + | |
530 | KV_COLUMN_SPACER + | |
531 | mKeyWidth + | |
532 | KV_VSCROLL_WIDTH; | |
533 | ||
534 | // Retrieve the current horizontal scroll amount | |
535 | mScrollX = GetScrollPos(wxHORIZONTAL); | |
536 | ||
537 | if (mWidth <= r.GetWidth()) | |
538 | { | |
539 | // Remove the scrollbar if it will fit within client width | |
540 | SetScrollbar(wxHORIZONTAL, 0, 0, 0); | |
541 | } | |
542 | else | |
543 | { | |
544 | // Set scrollbar metrics | |
545 | SetScrollbar(wxHORIZONTAL, mScrollX, r.GetWidth(), mWidth); | |
546 | } | |
547 | ||
548 | // Refresh the entire view | |
549 | RefreshAll(); | |
550 | } | |
551 | ||
552 | // | |
553 | // Process a new set of bindings | |
554 | // | |
555 | void | |
556 | KeyView::RefreshBindings(const wxArrayString & names, | |
557 | const wxArrayString & categories, | |
558 | const wxArrayString & prefixes, | |
559 | const wxArrayString & labels, | |
560 | const wxArrayString & keys) | |
561 | { | |
562 | bool firsttime = mNodes.GetCount() == 0; | |
563 | ||
564 | // Start clean | |
565 | mNodes.Clear(); | |
566 | ||
567 | // Same as in RecalcExtents() but do it inline | |
568 | mLineHeight = 0; | |
569 | mKeyWidth = 0; | |
570 | mCommandWidth = 0; | |
571 | ||
572 | wxString lastcat; | |
573 | wxString lastpfx; | |
574 | int nodecnt = 0; | |
575 | int depth = 1; | |
576 | bool incat = false; | |
577 | bool inpfx = false; | |
578 | ||
579 | // Examine all names...all arrays passed have the same indexes | |
580 | int cnt = (int) names.GetCount(); | |
581 | for (int i = 0; i < cnt; i++) | |
582 | { | |
583 | wxString name = names[i]; | |
584 | int x, y; | |
585 | ||
586 | // Remove any menu code from the category and prefix | |
587 | wxString cat = wxMenuItem::GetLabelFromText(categories[i]); | |
588 | wxString pfx = wxMenuItem::GetLabelFromText(prefixes[i]); | |
589 | ||
590 | // Append "Menu" this node is for a menu title | |
591 | if (cat != wxT("Command")) | |
592 | { | |
593 | cat.Append(wxT(" ")); | |
594 | cat += _("Menu"); | |
595 | } | |
596 | ||
597 | // Process a new category | |
598 | if (cat != lastcat) | |
599 | { | |
600 | // A new category always finishes any current subtree | |
601 | if (inpfx) | |
602 | { | |
603 | // Back to category level | |
604 | depth--; | |
605 | inpfx = false; | |
606 | } | |
607 | ||
608 | // Only time this is not true is during the first iteration | |
609 | if (incat) | |
610 | { | |
611 | // Back to root level | |
612 | depth--; | |
613 | incat = false; | |
614 | } | |
615 | ||
616 | // Remember for next iteration | |
617 | lastcat = cat; | |
618 | ||
619 | // Add a new category node | |
620 | if (cat != wxEmptyString) | |
621 | { | |
622 | KeyNode node; | |
623 | ||
624 | // Fill in the node info | |
625 | node.name = wxEmptyString; // don't associate branches with a command | |
626 | node.category = cat; | |
627 | node.prefix = pfx; | |
628 | node.label = cat; | |
629 | node.index = nodecnt++; | |
630 | node.iscat = true; | |
631 | node.isparent = true; | |
632 | node.depth = depth++; | |
633 | ||
634 | // Add it to the tree | |
635 | mNodes.Add(node); | |
636 | incat = true; | |
637 | ||
638 | // Measure category | |
639 | GetTextExtent(cat, &x, &y); | |
640 | mLineHeight = wxMax(mLineHeight, y); | |
641 | mCommandWidth = wxMax(mCommandWidth, x); | |
642 | } | |
643 | } | |
644 | ||
645 | // Process a new prefix | |
646 | if (pfx != lastpfx) | |
647 | { | |
648 | // Done with prefix branch | |
649 | if (inpfx) | |
650 | { | |
651 | depth--; | |
652 | inpfx = false; | |
653 | } | |
654 | ||
655 | // Remember for next iteration | |
656 | lastpfx = pfx; | |
657 | ||
658 | // Add a new prefix node | |
659 | if (pfx != wxEmptyString) | |
660 | { | |
661 | KeyNode node; | |
662 | ||
663 | // Fill in the node info | |
664 | node.name = wxEmptyString; // don't associate branches with a command | |
665 | node.category = cat; | |
666 | node.prefix = pfx; | |
667 | node.label = pfx; | |
668 | node.index = nodecnt++; | |
669 | node.ispfx = true; | |
670 | node.isparent = true; | |
671 | node.depth = depth++; | |
672 | ||
673 | // Add it to the tree | |
674 | mNodes.Add(node); | |
675 | inpfx = true; | |
676 | } | |
677 | } | |
678 | ||
679 | // Add the key entry | |
680 | KeyNode node; | |
681 | node.category = cat; | |
682 | node.prefix = pfx; | |
683 | ||
684 | // Labels for undo and redo change according to the last command | |
685 | // which can be undone/redone, so give them a special check in order | |
686 | // not to confuse users | |
687 | if (name == wxT("Undo")) | |
688 | { | |
689 | node.label = _("Undo"); | |
690 | } | |
691 | else if (name == wxT("Redo")) | |
692 | { | |
693 | node.label = _("Redo"); | |
694 | } | |
695 | else | |
696 | { | |
697 | // Strip any menu codes from label | |
698 | node.label = wxMenuItem::GetLabelFromText(labels[i].BeforeFirst(wxT('\t'))); | |
699 | } | |
700 | ||
701 | // Fill in remaining info | |
702 | node.name = name; | |
703 | node.key = KeyStringDisplay(keys[i]); | |
704 | node.index = nodecnt++; | |
705 | node.depth = depth; | |
706 | ||
707 | // Add it to the tree | |
708 | mNodes.Add(node); | |
709 | ||
710 | // Measure key | |
711 | GetTextExtent(node.key, &x, &y); | |
712 | mLineHeight = wxMax(mLineHeight, y); | |
713 | mKeyWidth = wxMax(mKeyWidth, x); | |
714 | ||
715 | // Prepend prefix for all view types to determine maximum | |
716 | // column widths | |
717 | wxString label = node.label; | |
718 | if (!node.prefix.IsEmpty()) | |
719 | { | |
720 | label = node.prefix + wxT(" - ") + label; | |
721 | } | |
722 | ||
723 | // Measure label | |
724 | GetTextExtent(label, &x, &y); | |
725 | mLineHeight = wxMax(mLineHeight, y); | |
726 | mCommandWidth = wxMax(mCommandWidth, x); | |
727 | } | |
728 | ||
729 | #if 0 | |
730 | // For debugging | |
731 | for (int j = 0; j < mNodes.GetCount(); j++) | |
732 | { | |
733 | KeyNode & node = mNodes[j]; | |
734 | wxLogDebug(wxT("NODE line %4d index %4d depth %1d open %1d parent %1d cat %1d pfx %1d name %s STR %s | %s | %s"), | |
735 | node.line, | |
736 | node.index, | |
737 | node.depth, | |
738 | node.isopen, | |
739 | node.isparent, | |
740 | node.iscat, | |
741 | node.ispfx, | |
742 | node.name.c_str(), | |
743 | node.category.c_str(), | |
744 | node.prefix.c_str(), | |
745 | node.label.c_str()); | |
746 | } | |
747 | #endif | |
748 | ||
749 | // Update horizontal scrollbar | |
750 | UpdateHScroll(); | |
751 | ||
752 | // Refresh the view lines | |
753 | RefreshLines(); | |
754 | ||
755 | // Set the selected node if this was the first time through | |
756 | if (firsttime) | |
757 | { | |
758 | SelectNode(LineToIndex(0)); | |
759 | } | |
760 | } | |
761 | ||
762 | // | |
763 | // Refresh the list of lines within the current view | |
764 | // | |
765 | void | |
766 | KeyView::RefreshLines() | |
767 | { | |
768 | int cnt = (int) mNodes.GetCount(); | |
769 | int linecnt = 0; | |
770 | mLines.Empty(); | |
771 | ||
772 | // Process a filter if one is set | |
773 | if (!mFilter.IsEmpty()) | |
774 | { | |
775 | // Examine all nodes | |
776 | for (int i = 0; i < cnt; i++) | |
777 | { | |
778 | KeyNode & node = mNodes[i]; | |
779 | ||
780 | // Reset line number | |
781 | node.line = wxNOT_FOUND; | |
782 | ||
783 | // Search columns based on view type | |
784 | wxString searchit; | |
785 | switch (mViewType) | |
786 | { | |
787 | // The x"01" separator is used to prevent finding a | |
788 | // match comprising the end of the label and beginning | |
789 | // of the key. It was chosen since it's not very likely | |
790 | // to appear in the filter itself. | |
791 | case ViewByTree: | |
792 | searchit = node.label.Lower() + | |
793 | wxT("\01x") + | |
794 | node.key.Lower(); | |
795 | break; | |
796 | ||
797 | case ViewByName: | |
798 | searchit = node.label.Lower(); | |
799 | break; | |
800 | ||
801 | case ViewByKey: | |
802 | searchit = node.key.Lower(); | |
803 | break; | |
804 | } | |
805 | if (searchit.Find(mFilter) == wxNOT_FOUND) | |
806 | { | |
807 | // Not found so continue to next node | |
808 | continue; | |
809 | } | |
810 | ||
811 | // For the Key View, if the filter is a single character, | |
812 | // then it has to be the last character in the searchit string, | |
813 | // and be preceded by nothing or +. | |
814 | if ((mViewType == ViewByKey) && | |
815 | (mFilter.Len() == 1) && | |
816 | (!mFilter.IsSameAs(searchit.Last()) || | |
817 | ((searchit.Len() > 1) && | |
818 | ((wxString)(searchit.GetChar(searchit.Len() - 2)) != wxT("+"))))) | |
819 | { | |
820 | // Not suitable so continue to next node | |
821 | continue; | |
822 | } | |
823 | ||
824 | // For tree view, we must make sure all parent nodes are included | |
825 | // whether they match the filter or not. | |
826 | if (mViewType == ViewByTree) | |
827 | { | |
828 | KeyNodeArrayPtr queue; | |
829 | int depth = node.depth; | |
830 | ||
831 | // This node is a category or prefix node, so always mark them | |
832 | // as open. | |
833 | // | |
834 | // What this is really doing is resolving a situation where the | |
835 | // the filter matches a parent node and nothing underneath. In | |
836 | // this case, the node would never be marked as open. | |
837 | if (node.isparent) | |
838 | { | |
839 | node.isopen = true; | |
840 | } | |
841 | ||
842 | // Examine siblings until a parent is found. | |
843 | for (int j = node.index - 1; j >= 0 && depth > 0; j--) | |
844 | { | |
845 | // Found a parent | |
846 | if (mNodes[j].depth < depth) | |
847 | { | |
848 | // Examine all previously added nodes to see if this nodes | |
849 | // ancestors need to be added prior to adding this node. | |
850 | bool found = false; | |
851 | for (int k = (int) mLines.GetCount() - 1; k >= 0; k--) | |
852 | { | |
853 | // The node indexes match, so we've found the parent of the | |
854 | // child node. | |
855 | if (mLines[k]->index == mNodes[j].index) | |
856 | { | |
857 | found = true; | |
858 | break; | |
859 | } | |
860 | } | |
861 | ||
862 | // The parent wasn't found so remember it for later | |
863 | // addition. Can't add directory to mLines here since | |
864 | // they will wind up in reverse order. | |
865 | if (!found) | |
866 | { | |
867 | queue.Add(&mNodes[j]); | |
868 | } | |
869 | ||
870 | // Traverse up the tree | |
871 | depth = mNodes[j].depth; | |
872 | } | |
873 | } | |
874 | ||
875 | // Add any queues nodes to list. This will all be | |
876 | // parent nodes, so mark them as open. | |
877 | for (int j = (int) queue.GetCount() - 1; j >= 0; j--) | |
878 | { | |
879 | queue[j]->isopen = true; | |
880 | queue[j]->line = linecnt++; | |
881 | mLines.Add(queue[j]); | |
882 | } | |
883 | } | |
884 | ||
885 | // Finally add the child node | |
886 | node.line = linecnt++; | |
887 | mLines.Add(&node); | |
888 | } | |
889 | } | |
890 | else | |
891 | { | |
892 | // Examine all nodes - non-filtered | |
893 | for (int i = 0; i < cnt; i++) | |
894 | { | |
895 | KeyNode & node = mNodes[i]; | |
896 | ||
897 | // Reset line number | |
898 | node.line = wxNOT_FOUND; | |
899 | ||
900 | // Node is either a category or prefix | |
901 | if (node.isparent) | |
902 | { | |
903 | // Only need to do this for tree views | |
904 | if (mViewType != ViewByTree) | |
905 | { | |
906 | continue; | |
907 | } | |
908 | ||
909 | // Add the node | |
910 | node.line = linecnt++; | |
911 | mLines.Add(&node); | |
912 | ||
913 | // If this node is not open, then skip all of it's decendants | |
914 | if (!node.isopen) | |
915 | { | |
916 | bool iscat = node.iscat; | |
917 | bool ispfx = node.ispfx; | |
918 | ||
919 | // Skip nodes until we find a node that has a different | |
920 | // category or prefix | |
921 | while (i < cnt) | |
922 | { | |
923 | KeyNode & skip = mNodes[i]; | |
924 | ||
925 | if ((iscat && skip.category != node.category) || | |
926 | (ispfx && skip.prefix != node.prefix)) | |
927 | { | |
928 | break; | |
929 | } | |
930 | ||
931 | // Bump to next node | |
932 | i++; | |
933 | } | |
934 | ||
935 | // Index is pointing to the node that was different or | |
936 | // past the end, so back off to last node of this branch. | |
937 | i--; | |
938 | } | |
939 | continue; | |
940 | } | |
941 | ||
942 | // Add child node to list | |
943 | node.line = linecnt++; | |
944 | mLines.Add(&node); | |
945 | } | |
946 | } | |
947 | ||
948 | // Sort list based on type | |
949 | switch (mViewType) | |
950 | { | |
951 | case ViewByTree: | |
952 | mLines.Sort(CmpKeyNodeByTree); | |
953 | break; | |
954 | ||
955 | case ViewByName: | |
956 | mLines.Sort(CmpKeyNodeByName); | |
957 | break; | |
958 | ||
959 | case ViewByKey: | |
960 | mLines.Sort(CmpKeyNodeByKey); | |
961 | break; | |
962 | } | |
963 | ||
964 | // Now, reassign the line numbers | |
965 | for (int i = 0; i < (int) mLines.GetCount(); i++) | |
966 | { | |
967 | mLines[i]->line = i; | |
968 | } | |
969 | ||
970 | #if 0 | |
971 | // For debugging | |
972 | for (int j = 0; j < mLines.GetCount(); j++) | |
973 | { | |
974 | KeyNode & node = *mLines[j]; | |
975 | wxLogDebug(wxT("LINE line %4d index %4d depth %1d open %1d parent %1d cat %1d pfx %1d name %s STR %s | %s | %s"), | |
976 | node.line, | |
977 | node.index, | |
978 | node.depth, | |
979 | node.isopen, | |
980 | node.isparent, | |
981 | node.iscat, | |
982 | node.ispfx, | |
983 | node.name.c_str(), | |
984 | node.category.c_str(), | |
985 | node.prefix.c_str(), | |
986 | node.label.c_str()); | |
987 | } | |
988 | #endif | |
989 | ||
990 | // Tell listbox the new count and refresh the entire view | |
991 | SetItemCount(mLines.GetCount()); | |
992 | RefreshAll(); | |
993 | ||
994 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY | |
995 | // Let accessibility know that the list has changed | |
996 | mAx->ListUpdated(); | |
997 | #endif | |
998 | } | |
999 | ||
1000 | // | |
1001 | // Select a node | |
1002 | // | |
1003 | // Parameter can be wxNOT_FOUND to clear selection | |
1004 | // | |
1005 | void | |
1006 | KeyView::SelectNode(int index) | |
1007 | { | |
1008 | int line = IndexToLine(index); | |
1009 | ||
1010 | // Tell the listbox to select the line | |
1011 | SetSelection(line); | |
1012 | ||
1013 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY | |
1014 | // And accessibility | |
1015 | mAx->SetCurrentLine(line); | |
1016 | #endif | |
1017 | ||
1018 | // Always send an event to let parent know of selection change | |
1019 | // | |
1020 | // Must do this ourselves becuase we want to send notifications | |
1021 | // even if there isn't an item selected and SendSelectedEvent() | |
1022 | // doesn't allow sending an event for indexes not in the listbox. | |
1023 | wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, GetId()); | |
1024 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
1025 | event.SetInt(line); | |
1026 | (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
1027 | } | |
1028 | ||
1029 | // | |
1030 | // Converts a line index to a node index | |
1031 | // | |
1032 | int | |
1033 | KeyView::LineToIndex(int line) const | |
1034 | { | |
1035 | if (line < 0 || line >= (int) mLines.GetCount()) | |
1036 | { | |
1037 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
1038 | } | |
1039 | ||
1040 | return mLines[line]->index; | |
1041 | } | |
1042 | ||
1043 | // | |
1044 | // Converts a node index to a line index | |
1045 | // | |
1046 | int | |
1047 | KeyView::IndexToLine(int index) const | |
1048 | { | |
1049 | if (index < 0 || index >= (int) mNodes.GetCount()) | |
1050 | { | |
1051 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
1052 | } | |
1053 | ||
1054 | return mNodes[index].line; | |
1055 | } | |
1056 | ||
1057 | // | |
1058 | // Draw the background for a given line | |
1059 | // | |
1060 | // This is called by the listbox when it needs to redraw the view. | |
1061 | // | |
1062 | void | |
1063 | KeyView::OnDrawBackground(wxDC & dc, const wxRect & rect, size_t line) const | |
1064 | { | |
1065 | const KeyNode *node = mLines[line]; | |
1066 | wxRect r = rect; | |
1067 | wxCoord indent = 0; | |
1068 | ||
1069 | // When in tree view mode, each younger branch gets indented by the | |
1070 | // width of the open/close bitmaps | |
1071 | if (mViewType == ViewByTree) | |
1072 | { | |
1073 | indent += node->depth * KV_BITMAP_SIZE; | |
1074 | } | |
1075 | ||
1076 | // Offset left side by the indentation (if any) and scroll amounts | |
1077 | r.x = indent - mScrollX; | |
1078 | ||
1079 | // If the line width is less than the client width, then we want to | |
1080 | // extend the background to the right edge of the client view. Otherwise, | |
1081 | // go all the way to the end of the line width...this will draw past the | |
1082 | // right edge, but that's what we want. | |
1083 | r.width = wxMax(mWidth, r.width); | |
1084 | ||
1085 | // Selected lines get a solid background | |
1086 | if (IsSelected(line)) | |
1087 | { | |
1088 | if (FindFocus() == this) | |
1089 | { | |
1090 | // Focused lines get highlighted background | |
1091 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT))); | |
1092 | AColor::DrawFocus(dc, r); | |
1093 | dc.DrawRectangle(r); | |
1094 | } | |
1095 | else | |
1096 | { | |
1097 | // Non ocused lines get a light background | |
1098 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE))); | |
1099 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
1100 | dc.DrawRectangle(r); | |
1101 | } | |
1102 | } | |
1103 | else | |
1104 | { | |
1105 | // Non-selected lines get a thin bottom border | |
1106 | dc.SetPen(wxColour(240, 240, 240)); | |
1107 | dc.DrawLine(r.GetLeft(), r.GetBottom(), r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom()); | |
1108 | } | |
1109 | } | |
1110 | ||
1111 | // | |
1112 | // Draw a line | |
1113 | // | |
1114 | // This is called by the listbox when it needs to redraw the view. | |
1115 | // | |
1116 | void | |
1117 | KeyView::OnDrawItem(wxDC & dc, const wxRect & rect, size_t line) const | |
1118 | { | |
1119 | const KeyNode *node = mLines[line]; | |
1120 | wxString label = node->label; | |
1121 | ||
1122 | // Make sure the DC has a valid font | |
1123 | dc.SetFont(GetFont()); | |
1124 | ||
1125 | // Set the text color based on selection and focus | |
1126 | if (IsSelected(line) && FindFocus() == this) | |
1127 | { | |
1128 | dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOXHIGHLIGHTTEXT)); | |
1129 | } | |
1130 | else | |
1131 | { | |
1132 | dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOXTEXT)); | |
1133 | } | |
1134 | ||
1135 | // Tree views get bitmaps | |
1136 | if (mViewType == ViewByTree) | |
1137 | { | |
1138 | // Adjust left edge to account for scrolling | |
1139 | wxCoord x = rect.x - mScrollX; | |
1140 | ||
1141 | if (node->iscat) | |
1142 | { | |
1143 | // Draw categories bitmap at left edge | |
1144 | dc.DrawBitmap(node->isopen ? *mOpen : *mClosed, x, rect.y); | |
1145 | } | |
1146 | else if (node->ispfx) | |
1147 | { | |
1148 | // Draw prefix bitmap to the right of the category bitmap | |
1149 | dc.DrawBitmap(node->isopen ? *mOpen : *mClosed, x + KV_BITMAP_SIZE, rect.y); | |
1150 | } | |
1151 | ||
1152 | // Indent text | |
1153 | x += KV_LEFT_MARGIN; | |
1154 | ||
1155 | // Draw the command and key columns | |
1156 | dc.DrawText(label, x + node->depth * KV_BITMAP_SIZE, rect.y); | |
1157 | dc.DrawText(node->key, x + mCommandWidth + KV_COLUMN_SPACER, rect.y); | |
1158 | } | |
1159 | else | |
1160 | { | |
1161 | // Adjust left edge by margin and account for scrolling | |
1162 | wxCoord x = rect.x + KV_LEFT_MARGIN - mScrollX; | |
1163 | ||
1164 | // Prepend prefix if available | |
1165 | if (!node->prefix.IsEmpty()) | |
1166 | { | |
1167 | label = node->prefix + wxT(" - ") + label; | |
1168 | } | |
1169 | ||
1170 | // Swap the columns based on view type | |
1171 | if(mViewType == ViewByName) | |
1172 | { | |
1173 | // Draw command column and then key column | |
1174 | dc.DrawText(label, x, rect.y); | |
1175 | dc.DrawText(node->key, x + mCommandWidth + KV_COLUMN_SPACER, rect.y); | |
1176 | } | |
1177 | else if(mViewType == ViewByKey) | |
1178 | { | |
1179 | // Draw key columnd and then command column | |
1180 | dc.DrawText(node->key, x, rect.y); | |
1181 | dc.DrawText(label, x + mKeyWidth + KV_COLUMN_SPACER, rect.y); | |
1182 | } | |
1183 | } | |
1184 | ||
1185 | return; | |
1186 | } | |
1187 | ||
1188 | // | |
1189 | // Provide the height of the given line | |
1190 | // | |
1191 | // This is called by the listbox when it needs to redraw the view. | |
1192 | // | |
1193 | wxCoord | |
1194 | KeyView::OnMeasureItem(size_t WXUNUSED(line)) const | |
1195 | { | |
1196 | // All lines are of equal height | |
1197 | // | |
1198 | // (add a magic 1 for decenders...looks better...not required) | |
1199 | return mLineHeight + 1; | |
1200 | } | |
1201 | ||
1202 | // | |
1203 | // Handle the wxEVT_LISTBOX event | |
1204 | // | |
1205 | void | |
1206 | KeyView::OnSelected(wxCommandEvent & event) | |
1207 | { | |
1208 | // Allow further processing | |
1209 | event.Skip(); | |
1210 | ||
1211 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY | |
1212 | // Tell accessibility of the change | |
1213 | mAx->SetCurrentLine(event.GetInt()); | |
1214 | #endif | |
1215 | } | |
1216 | ||
1217 | // | |
1218 | // Handle the wxEVT_SET_FOCUS event | |
1219 | // | |
1220 | void | |
1221 | KeyView::OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent & event) | |
1222 | { | |
1223 | // Allow further processing | |
1224 | event.Skip(); | |
1225 | ||
1226 | // Refresh the selected line to pull in any changes while | |
1227 | // focus was away...like when setting a new key value. This | |
1228 | // will also refresh the visual (highlighted) state. | |
1229 | if (GetSelection() != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1230 | { | |
1231 | RefreshLine(GetSelection()); | |
1232 | } | |
1233 | ||
1234 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY | |
1235 | // Tell accessibility of the change | |
1236 | mAx->SetCurrentLine(GetSelection()); | |
1237 | #endif | |
1238 | } | |
1239 | ||
1240 | // | |
1241 | // Handle the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event | |
1242 | // | |
1243 | void | |
1244 | KeyView::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent & event) | |
1245 | { | |
1246 | // Allow further processing | |
1247 | event.Skip(); | |
1248 | ||
1249 | // Refresh the selected line to adjust visual highlighting. | |
1250 | if (GetSelection() != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1251 | { | |
1252 | RefreshLine(GetSelection()); | |
1253 | } | |
1254 | } | |
1255 | ||
1256 | // | |
1257 | // Handle the wxEVT_SIZE event | |
1258 | // | |
1259 | void | |
1260 | KeyView::OnSize(wxSizeEvent & WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1261 | { | |
1262 | // Update horizontal scrollbar | |
1263 | UpdateHScroll(); | |
1264 | } | |
1265 | ||
1266 | // | |
1267 | // Handle the wxEVT_SCROLL event | |
1268 | // | |
1269 | void | |
1270 | KeyView::OnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent & event) | |
1271 | { | |
1272 | // We only care bout the horizontal scrollbar. | |
1273 | if (event.GetOrientation() != wxHORIZONTAL) | |
1274 | { | |
1275 | // Allow further processing | |
1276 | event.Skip(); | |
1277 | return; | |
1278 | } | |
1279 | ||
1280 | // Get new scroll position and scroll the view | |
1281 | mScrollX = event.GetPosition(); | |
1282 | SetScrollPos(wxHORIZONTAL, mScrollX); | |
1283 | ||
1284 | // Refresh the entire view | |
1285 | RefreshAll(); | |
1286 | } | |
1287 | ||
1288 | // | |
1289 | // Handle the wxEVT_KEY_DOWN event | |
1290 | // | |
1291 | void | |
1292 | KeyView::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent & event) | |
1293 | { | |
1294 | int line = GetSelection(); | |
1295 | ||
1296 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1297 | switch (keycode) | |
1298 | { | |
1299 | // The LEFT key moves selection to parent or collapses selected | |
1300 | // node if it is expanded. | |
1301 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
1302 | { | |
1303 | // Nothing selected...nothing to do | |
1304 | if (line == wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1305 | { | |
1306 | // Allow further processing | |
1307 | event.Skip(); | |
1308 | break; | |
1309 | } | |
1310 | ||
1311 | KeyNode *node = mLines[line]; | |
1312 | ||
1313 | // Collapse the node if it is open | |
1314 | if (node->isopen) | |
1315 | { | |
1316 | // No longer open | |
1317 | node->isopen = false; | |
1318 | ||
1319 | // Don't want the view to scroll vertically, so remember the current | |
1320 | // top line. | |
1321 | size_t topline = GetVisibleBegin(); | |
1322 | ||
1323 | // Refresh the view now that the number of lines have changed | |
1324 | RefreshLines(); | |
1325 | ||
1326 | // Reset the original top line | |
1327 | ScrollToLine(topline); | |
1328 | ||
1329 | // And make sure current line is still selected | |
1330 | SelectNode(LineToIndex(line)); | |
1331 | } | |
1332 | else | |
1333 | { | |
1334 | // Move selection to the parent of this node | |
1335 | for (int i = line - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
1336 | { | |
1337 | // Found the parent | |
1338 | if (mLines[i]->depth < node->depth) | |
1339 | { | |
1340 | // So select it | |
1341 | SelectNode(LineToIndex(i)); | |
1342 | break; | |
1343 | } | |
1344 | } | |
1345 | } | |
1346 | ||
1347 | // Further processing of the event is not wanted | |
1348 | // (we didn't call event.Skip() | |
1349 | } | |
1350 | break; | |
1351 | ||
1352 | // The RIGHT key moves the selection to the first child or expands | |
1353 | // the node if it is a parent. | |
1354 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
1355 | { | |
1356 | // Nothing selected...nothing to do | |
1357 | if (line == wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1358 | { | |
1359 | // Allow further processing | |
1360 | event.Skip(); | |
1361 | break; | |
1362 | } | |
1363 | ||
1364 | KeyNode *node = mLines[line]; | |
1365 | ||
1366 | // Only want parent nodes | |
1367 | if (node->isparent) | |
1368 | { | |
1369 | // It is open so move select to first child | |
1370 | if (node->isopen) | |
1371 | { | |
1372 | // But only if there is one | |
1373 | if (line < (int) mLines.GetCount() - 1) | |
1374 | { | |
1375 | SelectNode(LineToIndex(line + 1)); | |
1376 | } | |
1377 | } | |
1378 | else | |
1379 | { | |
1380 | // Node is now open | |
1381 | node->isopen = true; | |
1382 | ||
1383 | // Don't want the view to scroll vertically, so remember the current | |
1384 | // top line. | |
1385 | size_t topline = GetVisibleBegin(); | |
1386 | ||
1387 | // Refresh the view now that the number of lines have changed | |
1388 | RefreshLines(); | |
1389 | ||
1390 | // Reset the original top line | |
1391 | ScrollToLine(topline); | |
1392 | ||
1393 | // And make sure current line is still selected | |
1394 | SelectNode(LineToIndex(line)); | |
1395 | } | |
1396 | } | |
1397 | ||
1398 | // Further processing of the event is not wanted | |
1399 | // (we didn't call event.Skip() | |
1400 | } | |
1401 | break; | |
1402 | ||
1403 | // Move selection to next node whose 1st character matches | |
1404 | // the keycode | |
1405 | default: | |
1406 | { | |
1407 | int cnt = (int) mLines.GetCount(); | |
1408 | bool found = false; | |
1409 | ||
1410 | // Search the entire list if none is currently selected | |
1411 | if (line == wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1412 | { | |
1413 | line = cnt; | |
1414 | } | |
1415 | else | |
1416 | { | |
1417 | // Search from the node following the current one | |
1418 | for (int i = line + 1; i < cnt; i++) | |
1419 | { | |
1420 | wxString label; | |
1421 | ||
1422 | // Get the string to search based on view type | |
1423 | if (mViewType == ViewByTree) | |
1424 | { | |
1425 | label = GetLabel(LineToIndex(i)); | |
1426 | } | |
1427 | else if (mViewType == ViewByName) | |
1428 | { | |
1429 | label = GetFullLabel(LineToIndex(i)); | |
1430 | } | |
1431 | else if (mViewType == ViewByKey) | |
1432 | { | |
1433 | label = GetKey(LineToIndex(i)); | |
1434 | } | |
1435 | ||
1436 | // Move selection if they match | |
1437 | if (label.Left(1).IsSameAs(keycode, false)) | |
1438 | { | |
1439 | SelectNode(LineToIndex(i)); | |
1440 | ||
1441 | found = true; | |
1442 | ||
1443 | break; | |
1444 | } | |
1445 | } | |
1446 | } | |
1447 | ||
1448 | // A match wasn't found | |
1449 | if (!found) | |
1450 | { | |
1451 | // So scan from the start of the list to the current node | |
1452 | for (int i = 0; i < line; i++) | |
1453 | { | |
1454 | wxString label; | |
1455 | ||
1456 | // Get the string to search based on view type | |
1457 | if (mViewType == ViewByTree) | |
1458 | { | |
1459 | label = GetLabel(LineToIndex(i)); | |
1460 | } | |
1461 | else if (mViewType == ViewByName) | |
1462 | { | |
1463 | label = GetFullLabel(LineToIndex(i)); | |
1464 | } | |
1465 | else if (mViewType == ViewByKey) | |
1466 | { | |
1467 | label = GetKey(LineToIndex(i)); | |
1468 | } | |
1469 | ||
1470 | // Move selection if they match | |
1471 | if (label.Left(1).IsSameAs(keycode, false)) | |
1472 | { | |
1473 | SelectNode(LineToIndex(i)); | |
1474 | ||
1475 | found = true; | |
1476 | ||
1477 | break; | |
1478 | } | |
1479 | } | |
1480 | } | |
1481 | ||
1482 | // A node wasn't found so allow further processing | |
1483 | if (!found) { | |
1484 | event.Skip(); | |
1485 | } | |
1486 | ||
1487 | // Otherwise, further processing of the event is not wanted | |
1488 | // (we didn't call event.Skip() | |
1489 | } | |
1490 | } | |
1491 | } | |
1492 | ||
1493 | // | |
1494 | // Handle the wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN event | |
1495 | // | |
1496 | void | |
1497 | KeyView::OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent & event) | |
1498 | { | |
1499 | // Only check if for tree view | |
1500 | if (mViewType != ViewByTree) | |
1501 | { | |
1502 | // Allow further processing (important for focus handling) | |
1503 | event.Skip(); | |
1504 | ||
1505 | return; | |
1506 | } | |
1507 | ||
1508 | // Get the mouse position when the button was pressed | |
1509 | wxPoint pos = event.GetPosition(); | |
1510 | ||
1511 | // And see if it was on a line within the view | |
1512 | int line = HitTest(pos); | |
1513 | ||
1514 | // It was on a line | |
1515 | if (line != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1516 | { | |
1517 | KeyNode *node = mLines[line]; | |
1518 | ||
1519 | // Toggle the open state if this is a parent node | |
1520 | if (node->isparent) | |
1521 | { | |
1522 | // Toggle state | |
1523 | node->isopen = !node->isopen; | |
1524 | ||
1525 | // Don't want the view to scroll vertically, so remember the current | |
1526 | // top line. | |
1527 | size_t topline = GetVisibleBegin(); | |
1528 | ||
1529 | // Refresh the view now that the number of lines have changed | |
1530 | RefreshLines(); | |
1531 | ||
1532 | // Reset the original top line | |
1533 | ScrollToLine(topline); | |
1534 | ||
1535 | // And make sure current line is still selected | |
1536 | SelectNode(LineToIndex(line)); | |
1537 | } | |
1538 | } | |
1539 | ||
1540 | // Allow further processing (important for focus handling) | |
1541 | event.Skip(); | |
1542 | } | |
1543 | ||
1544 | // | |
1545 | // Sort compare function for tree view | |
1546 | // | |
1547 | // We want to leave the "menu" nodes alone as they are in the | |
1548 | // order as they appear in the menus. But, we want to sort the | |
1549 | // "command" nodes. | |
1550 | // | |
1551 | // To accomplish this, we prepend each label with it's line number | |
1552 | // (in hex) for "menu" nodes. This ensures they will remain in | |
1553 | // their original order. | |
1554 | // | |
1555 | // We prefix all "command" nodes with "ffffffff" (highest hex value) | |
1556 | // to allow the sort to reorder them as needed. | |
1557 | // | |
1558 | int | |
1559 | KeyView::CmpKeyNodeByTree(KeyNode ***n1, KeyNode ***n2) | |
1560 | { | |
1561 | KeyNode *t1 = (**n1); | |
1562 | KeyNode *t2 = (**n2); | |
1563 | wxString k1 = t1->label; | |
1564 | wxString k2 = t2->label; | |
1565 | ||
1566 | // This is a "command" node if its category is "Command" | |
1567 | // and it is a child of the "Command" category. This latter | |
1568 | // test ensures that the "Command" parent will be handled | |
1569 | // as a "menu" node and remain at the bottom of the list. | |
1570 | if (t1->category == _("Command") && !t1->isparent) | |
1571 | { | |
1572 | // A "command" node, so prepend the highest hex value | |
1573 | k1.Printf(wxT("ffffffff%s"), t1->label.c_str()); | |
1574 | } | |
1575 | else | |
1576 | { | |
1577 | // A "menu" node, so prepend the line number | |
1578 | k1.Printf(wxT("%08x%s"), t1->line, t1->label.c_str()); | |
1579 | } | |
1580 | ||
1581 | // See above for explanation | |
1582 | if (t2->category == _("Command") && !t2->isparent) | |
1583 | { | |
1584 | // A "command" node, so prepend the highest hex value | |
1585 | k2.Printf(wxT("ffffffff%s"), t2->label.c_str()); | |
1586 | } | |
1587 | else | |
1588 | { | |
1589 | // A "menu" node, so prepend the line number | |
1590 | k2.Printf(wxT("%08x%s"), t2->line, t2->label.c_str()); | |
1591 | } | |
1592 | ||
1593 | // See wxWidgets documentation for explanation of comparison results. | |
1594 | // These will produce an ascending order. | |
1595 | if (k1 < k2) | |
1596 | { | |
1597 | return -1; | |
1598 | } | |
1599 | ||
1600 | if (k1 > k2) | |
1601 | { | |
1602 | return 1; | |
1603 | } | |
1604 | ||
1605 | return 0; | |
1606 | } | |
1607 | ||
1608 | // | |
1609 | // Sort compare function for command view | |
1610 | // | |
1611 | // Nothing special here, just a standard ascending sort. | |
1612 | // | |
1613 | int | |
1614 | KeyView::CmpKeyNodeByName(KeyNode ***n1, KeyNode ***n2) | |
1615 | { | |
1616 | KeyNode *t1 = (**n1); | |
1617 | KeyNode *t2 = (**n2); | |
1618 | wxString k1 = t1->label; | |
1619 | wxString k2 = t2->label; | |
1620 | ||
1621 | // Prepend prefix if available | |
1622 | if (!t1->prefix.IsEmpty()) | |
1623 | { | |
1624 | k1 = t1->prefix + wxT(" - ") + k1; | |
1625 | } | |
1626 | ||
1627 | // Prepend prefix if available | |
1628 | if (!t2->prefix.IsEmpty()) | |
1629 | { | |
1630 | k2 = t2->prefix + wxT(" - ") + k2; | |
1631 | } | |
1632 | ||
1633 | // See wxWidgets documentation for explanation of comparison results. | |
1634 | // These will produce an ascending order. | |
1635 | if (k1 < k2) | |
1636 | { | |
1637 | return -1; | |
1638 | } | |
1639 | ||
1640 | if (k1 > k2) | |
1641 | { | |
1642 | return 1; | |
1643 | } | |
1644 | ||
1645 | return 0; | |
1646 | } | |
1647 | ||
1648 | // | |
1649 | // Sort compare function for key view | |
1650 | // | |
1651 | // We want all nodes with key assignments to appear in ascending order | |
1652 | // at the top of the list and all nodes without assignment to appear in | |
1653 | // ascending order at the bottom of the list. | |
1654 | // | |
1655 | // We accomplish this by by prefixing all non-assigned entries with 0xff. | |
1656 | // This will force them to the end, but still allow them to be sorted in | |
1657 | // ascending order. | |
1658 | // | |
1659 | // The assigned entries simply get sorted as normal. | |
1660 | // | |
1661 | int | |
1662 | KeyView::CmpKeyNodeByKey(KeyNode ***n1, KeyNode ***n2) | |
1663 | { | |
1664 | KeyNode *t1 = (**n1); | |
1665 | KeyNode *t2 = (**n2); | |
1666 | wxString k1 = t1->key; | |
1667 | wxString k2 = t2->key; | |
1668 | ||
1669 | // Left node is unassigned, so prefix it | |
1670 | if(k1.IsEmpty()) | |
1671 | { | |
1672 | k1 = wxT("\xff"); | |
1673 | } | |
1674 | ||
1675 | // Right node is unassigned, so prefix it | |
1676 | if(k2.IsEmpty()) | |
1677 | { | |
1678 | k2 = wxT("\xff"); | |
1679 | } | |
1680 | ||
1681 | // Add prefix if available | |
1682 | if (!t1->prefix.IsEmpty()) | |
1683 | { | |
1684 | k1 += t1->prefix + wxT(" - "); | |
1685 | } | |
1686 | ||
1687 | // Add prefix if available | |
1688 | if (!t2->prefix.IsEmpty()) | |
1689 | { | |
1690 | k2 += t2->prefix + wxT(" - "); | |
1691 | } | |
1692 | ||
1693 | // Add labels | |
1694 | k1 += t1->label; | |
1695 | k2 += t2->label; | |
1696 | ||
1697 | // See wxWidgets documentation for explanation of comparison results. | |
1698 | // These will produce an ascending order. | |
1699 | if (k1 < k2) | |
1700 | { | |
1701 | return -1; | |
1702 | } | |
1703 | ||
1704 | if (k1 > k2) | |
1705 | { | |
1706 | return 1; | |
1707 | } | |
1708 | ||
1709 | return 0; | |
1710 | } | |
1711 | ||
1712 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY | |
1713 | ||
1714 | // | |
1715 | // Return parenthood state of line | |
1716 | // | |
1717 | bool | |
1718 | KeyView::HasChildren(int line) | |
1719 | { | |
1720 | // Make sure line is valid | |
1721 | if (line < 0 || line >= (int) mLines.GetCount()) | |
1722 | { | |
1723 | wxASSERT(false); | |
1724 | return false; | |
1725 | } | |
1726 | ||
1727 | return mLines[line]->isparent; | |
1728 | } | |
1729 | ||
1730 | // | |
1731 | // Returns espanded/collapsed state of line | |
1732 | // | |
1733 | bool | |
1734 | KeyView::IsExpanded(int line) | |
1735 | { | |
1736 | // Make sure line is valid | |
1737 | if (line < 0 || line >= (int) mLines.GetCount()) | |
1738 | { | |
1739 | wxASSERT(false); | |
1740 | return false; | |
1741 | } | |
1742 | ||
1743 | return mLines[line]->isopen; | |
1744 | } | |
1745 | ||
1746 | // | |
1747 | // Returns the height of the line | |
1748 | // | |
1749 | wxCoord | |
1750 | KeyView::GetLineHeight(int line) | |
1751 | { | |
1752 | // Make sure line is valid | |
1753 | if (line < 0 || line >= (int) mLines.GetCount()) | |
1754 | { | |
1755 | wxASSERT(false); | |
1756 | return 0; | |
1757 | } | |
1758 | ||
1759 | return OnGetLineHeight(line); | |
1760 | } | |
1761 | ||
1762 | // | |
1763 | // Returns the value to be presented to accessibility | |
1764 | // | |
1765 | // Currently, the command and key are both provided. | |
1766 | // | |
1767 | wxString | |
1768 | KeyView::GetValue(int line) | |
1769 | { | |
1770 | // Make sure line is valid | |
1771 | if (line < 0 || line >= (int) mLines.GetCount()) | |
1772 | { | |
1773 | wxASSERT(false); | |
1774 | return wxEmptyString; | |
1775 | } | |
1776 | int index = LineToIndex(line); | |
1777 | ||
1778 | // Get the label and key values | |
1779 | wxString value; | |
1780 | if (mViewType == ViewByTree) | |
1781 | { | |
1782 | value = GetLabel(index); | |
1783 | } | |
1784 | else | |
1785 | { | |
1786 | value = GetFullLabel(index); | |
1787 | } | |
1788 | wxString key = GetKey(index); | |
1789 | ||
1790 | // Add the key if it isn't empty | |
1791 | if (!key.IsEmpty()) | |
1792 | { | |
1793 | if (mViewType == ViewByKey) | |
1794 | { | |
1795 | value = key + wxT(" ") + value; | |
1796 | } | |
1797 | else | |
1798 | { | |
1799 | value = value + wxT(" ") + key; | |
1800 | } | |
1801 | } | |
1802 | ||
1803 | return value; | |
1804 | } | |
1805 | ||
1806 | // | |
1807 | // Returns the current view type | |
1808 | // | |
1809 | ViewByType | |
1810 | KeyView::GetViewType() | |
1811 | { | |
1812 | return mViewType; | |
1813 | } | |
1814 | ||
1815 | // ============================================================================ | |
1816 | // Accessibility provider for the KeyView class | |
1817 | // ============================================================================ | |
1818 | KeyViewAx::KeyViewAx(KeyView *view) | |
1819 | : wxWindowAccessible(view) | |
1820 | { | |
1821 | mView = view; | |
1822 | mLastId = -1; | |
1823 | } | |
1824 | ||
1825 | // | |
1826 | // Send an event notification to accessibility that the view | |
1827 | // has changed. | |
1828 | // | |
1829 | void | |
1830 | KeyViewAx::ListUpdated() | |
1831 | { | |
1832 | NotifyEvent(wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_REORDER, | |
1833 | mView, | |
1834 | wxOBJID_CLIENT, | |
1835 | 0); | |
1836 | } | |
1837 | ||
1838 | // | |
1839 | // Inform accessibility a new line has been selected and/or a previously | |
1840 | // selected line is being unselected | |
1841 | // | |
1842 | void | |
1843 | KeyViewAx::SetCurrentLine(int line) | |
1844 | { | |
1845 | // Only send selection remove notification if a line was | |
1846 | // previously selected | |
1847 | if (mLastId != -1) | |
1848 | { | |
1849 | NotifyEvent(wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTIONREMOVE, | |
1850 | mView, | |
1851 | wxOBJID_CLIENT, | |
1852 | mLastId); | |
1853 | } | |
1854 | ||
1855 | // Nothing is selected now | |
1856 | mLastId = -1; | |
1857 | ||
1858 | // Just clearing selection | |
1859 | if (line != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1860 | { | |
1861 | // Convert line number to childId | |
1862 | LineToId(line, mLastId); | |
1863 | ||
1864 | // Send notifications that the line has focus | |
1865 | NotifyEvent(wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_FOCUS, | |
1866 | mView, | |
1867 | wxOBJID_CLIENT, | |
1868 | mLastId); | |
1869 | ||
1870 | // And is selected | |
1871 | NotifyEvent(wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTION, | |
1872 | mView, | |
1873 | wxOBJID_CLIENT, | |
1874 | mLastId); | |
1875 | } | |
1876 | } | |
1877 | ||
1878 | // | |
1879 | // Convert the childId to a line number and return FALSE if it | |
1880 | // represents a child or TRUE if it a line | |
1881 | // | |
1882 | bool | |
1883 | KeyViewAx::IdToLine(int childId, int & line) | |
1884 | { | |
1885 | if (childId == wxACC_SELF) | |
1886 | { | |
1887 | return false; | |
1888 | } | |
1889 | ||
1890 | // Convert to line | |
1891 | line = childId - 1; | |
1892 | ||
1893 | // Make sure id is valid | |
1894 | if (line < 0 || line >= (int) mView->GetLineCount()) | |
1895 | { | |
1896 | // Indicate the control itself in this case | |
1897 | return false; | |
1898 | } | |
1899 | ||
1900 | return true; | |
1901 | } | |
1902 | ||
1903 | // | |
1904 | // Convert the line number to a childId. | |
1905 | // | |
1906 | bool | |
1907 | KeyViewAx::LineToId(int line, int & childId) | |
1908 | { | |
1909 | // Make sure line is valid | |
1910 | if (line < 0 || line >= (int) mView->GetLineCount()) | |
1911 | { | |
1912 | // Indicate the control itself in this case | |
1913 | childId = wxACC_SELF; | |
1914 | return false; | |
1915 | } | |
1916 | ||
1917 | // Convert to line | |
1918 | childId = line + 1; | |
1919 | ||
1920 | return true; | |
1921 | } | |
1922 | ||
1923 | // Can return either a child object, or an integer | |
1924 | // representing the child element, starting from 1. | |
1925 | wxAccStatus | |
1926 | KeyViewAx::HitTest(const wxPoint & pt, int *childId, wxAccessible **childObject) | |
1927 | { | |
1928 | // Just to be safe | |
1929 | *childObject = NULL; | |
1930 | ||
1931 | wxPoint pos = mView->ScreenToClient(pt); | |
1932 | ||
1933 | // See if it's on a line within the view | |
1934 | int line = mView->HitTest(pos); | |
1935 | ||
1936 | // It was on a line | |
1937 | if (line != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1938 | { | |
1939 | LineToId(line, *childId); | |
1940 | return wxACC_OK; | |
1941 | } | |
1942 | ||
1943 | // Let the base class handle it | |
1944 | return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; | |
1945 | } | |
1946 | ||
1947 | // Retrieves the address of an IDispatch interface for the specified child. | |
1948 | // All objects must support this property. | |
1949 | wxAccStatus | |
1950 | KeyViewAx::GetChild(int childId, wxAccessible** child) | |
1951 | { | |
1952 | if (childId == wxACC_SELF) | |
1953 | { | |
1954 | *child = this; | |
1955 | } | |
1956 | else | |
1957 | { | |
1958 | *child = NULL; | |
1959 | } | |
1960 | ||
1961 | return wxACC_OK; | |
1962 | } | |
1963 | ||
1964 | // Gets the number of children. | |
1965 | wxAccStatus | |
1966 | KeyViewAx::GetChildCount(int *childCount) | |
1967 | { | |
1968 | *childCount = (int) mView->GetLineCount(); | |
1969 | ||
1970 | return wxACC_OK; | |
1971 | } | |
1972 | ||
1973 | // Gets the default action for this object (0) or > 0 (the action for a child). | |
1974 | // Return wxACC_OK even if there is no action. actionName is the action, or the empty | |
1975 | // string if there is no action. | |
1976 | // The retrieved string describes the action that is performed on an object, | |
1977 | // not what the object does as a result. For example, a toolbar button that prints | |
1978 | // a document has a default action of "Press" rather than "Prints the current document." | |
1979 | wxAccStatus | |
1980 | KeyViewAx::GetDefaultAction(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString *actionName) | |
1981 | { | |
1982 | actionName->Clear(); | |
1983 | ||
1984 | return wxACC_OK; | |
1985 | } | |
1986 | ||
1987 | // Returns the description for this object or a child. | |
1988 | wxAccStatus | |
1989 | KeyViewAx::GetDescription(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString *description) | |
1990 | { | |
1991 | description->Clear(); | |
1992 | ||
1993 | return wxACC_OK; | |
1994 | } | |
1995 | ||
1996 | // Returns help text for this object or a child, similar to tooltip text. | |
1997 | wxAccStatus | |
1998 | KeyViewAx::GetHelpText(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString *helpText) | |
1999 | { | |
2000 | helpText->Clear(); | |
2001 | ||
2002 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2003 | } | |
2004 | ||
2005 | // Returns the keyboard shortcut for this object or child. | |
2006 | // Return e.g. ALT+K | |
2007 | wxAccStatus | |
2008 | KeyViewAx::GetKeyboardShortcut(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString *shortcut) | |
2009 | { | |
2010 | shortcut->Clear(); | |
2011 | ||
2012 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2013 | } | |
2014 | ||
2015 | // Returns the rectangle for this object (id = 0) or a child element (id > 0). | |
2016 | // rect is in screen coordinates. | |
2017 | wxAccStatus | |
2018 | KeyViewAx::GetLocation(wxRect & rect, int elementId) | |
2019 | { | |
2020 | int line; | |
2021 | ||
2022 | if (IdToLine(elementId, line)) | |
2023 | { | |
2024 | if (!mView->IsVisible(line)) | |
2025 | { | |
2026 | return wxACC_FAIL; | |
2027 | } | |
2028 | ||
2029 | wxRect rectLine; | |
2030 | ||
2031 | rectLine.width = mView->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
2032 | ||
2033 | // iterate over all visible lines | |
2034 | for (int i = (int) mView->GetVisibleBegin(); i <= line; i++) | |
2035 | { | |
2036 | wxCoord hLine = mView->GetLineHeight(i); | |
2037 | ||
2038 | rectLine.height = hLine; | |
2039 | ||
2040 | rect = rectLine; | |
2041 | wxPoint margins = mView->GetMargins(); | |
2042 | rect.Deflate(margins.x, margins.y); | |
2043 | rectLine.y += hLine; | |
2044 | } | |
2045 | ||
2046 | rect.SetPosition(mView->ClientToScreen(rect.GetPosition())); | |
2047 | } | |
2048 | else | |
2049 | { | |
2050 | rect = mView->GetRect(); | |
2051 | rect.SetPosition(mView->GetParent()->ClientToScreen(rect.GetPosition())); | |
2052 | } | |
2053 | ||
2054 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2055 | } | |
2056 | ||
2057 | wxAccStatus | |
2058 | KeyViewAx::Navigate(wxNavDir WXUNUSED(navDir), | |
2059 | int WXUNUSED(fromId), | |
2060 | int *WXUNUSED(toId), | |
2061 | wxAccessible **WXUNUSED(toObject)) | |
2062 | { | |
2063 | return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; | |
2064 | } | |
2065 | ||
2066 | // Gets the name of the specified object. | |
2067 | wxAccStatus | |
2068 | KeyViewAx::GetName(int childId, wxString *name) | |
2069 | { | |
2070 | int line; | |
2071 | ||
2072 | if (!IdToLine(childId, line)) | |
2073 | { | |
2074 | *name = mView->GetName(); | |
2075 | } | |
2076 | else | |
2077 | { | |
2078 | if (IdToLine(childId, line)) | |
2079 | { | |
2080 | *name = mView->GetValue(line); | |
2081 | } | |
2082 | } | |
2083 | ||
2084 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2085 | } | |
2086 | ||
2087 | wxAccStatus | |
2088 | KeyViewAx::GetParent(wxAccessible ** WXUNUSED(parent)) | |
2089 | { | |
2090 | return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; | |
2091 | } | |
2092 | ||
2093 | // Returns a role constant. | |
2094 | wxAccStatus | |
2095 | KeyViewAx::GetRole(int childId, wxAccRole *role) | |
2096 | { | |
2097 | if (childId == wxACC_SELF) | |
2098 | { | |
2099 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) | |
2100 | *role = mView->GetViewType() == ViewByTree ? wxROLE_SYSTEM_OUTLINE : wxROLE_SYSTEM_LIST; | |
2101 | #endif | |
2102 | ||
2103 | #if defined(__WXMAC__) | |
2104 | *role = wxROLE_SYSTEM_GROUPING; | |
2105 | #endif | |
2106 | } | |
2107 | else | |
2108 | { | |
2109 | #if defined(__WXMAC__) | |
2110 | *role = wxROLE_SYSTEM_TEXT; | |
2111 | #else | |
2112 | *role = mView->GetViewType() == ViewByTree ? wxROLE_SYSTEM_OUTLINEITEM : wxROLE_SYSTEM_LISTITEM; | |
2113 | #endif | |
2114 | } | |
2115 | ||
2116 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2117 | } | |
2118 | ||
2119 | // Gets a variant representing the selected children | |
2120 | // of this object. | |
2121 | // Acceptable values: | |
2122 | // - a null variant (IsNull() returns TRUE) | |
2123 | // - a list variant (GetType() == wxT("list")) | |
2124 | // - an integer representing the selected child element, | |
2125 | // or 0 if this object is selected (GetType() == wxT("long")) | |
2126 | // - a "void*" pointer to a wxAccessible child object | |
2127 | wxAccStatus | |
2128 | KeyViewAx::GetSelections(wxVariant *selections) | |
2129 | { | |
2130 | int id; | |
2131 | ||
2132 | LineToId(mView->GetSelection(), id); | |
2133 | ||
2134 | *selections = (long) id; | |
2135 | ||
2136 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2137 | } | |
2138 | ||
2139 | // Returns a state constant. | |
2140 | wxAccStatus | |
2141 | KeyViewAx::GetState(int childId, long *state) | |
2142 | { | |
2143 | int flag = wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSABLE; | |
2144 | int line; | |
2145 | ||
2146 | if (!IdToLine(childId, line)) | |
2147 | { | |
2148 | *state = wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSABLE; // | | |
2149 | //mView->FindFocus() == mView ? wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSED : 0; | |
2150 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2151 | } | |
2152 | ||
2153 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) | |
2154 | int selected = mView->GetSelection(); | |
2155 | ||
2156 | flag |= wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_SELECTABLE; | |
2157 | ||
2158 | if (line == selected) | |
2159 | { | |
2160 | flag |= wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSED | | |
2161 | wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_SELECTED; | |
2162 | } | |
2163 | ||
2164 | if (mView->HasChildren(line)) | |
2165 | { | |
2166 | flag |= mView->IsExpanded(line) ? | |
2167 | wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_EXPANDED : | |
2168 | wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_COLLAPSED; | |
2169 | } | |
2170 | #endif | |
2171 | ||
2172 | #if defined(__WXMAC__1) | |
2173 | if (mGrid->IsInSelection(row, col)) | |
2174 | { | |
2175 | flag |= wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_SELECTED; | |
2176 | } | |
2177 | ||
2178 | if (mGrid->GetGridCursorRow() == row && mGrid->GetGridCursorCol() == col) | |
2179 | { | |
2180 | flag |= wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSED; | |
2181 | } | |
2182 | ||
2183 | if (mGrid->IsReadOnly(row, col)) | |
2184 | { | |
2185 | flag |= wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_UNAVAILABLE; | |
2186 | } | |
2187 | #endif | |
2188 | ||
2189 | *state = flag; | |
2190 | ||
2191 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2192 | } | |
2193 | ||
2194 | // Returns a localized string representing the value for the object | |
2195 | // or child. | |
2196 | wxAccStatus | |
2197 | KeyViewAx::GetValue(int childId, wxString *strValue) | |
2198 | { | |
2199 | int line; | |
2200 | ||
2201 | strValue->Clear(); | |
2202 | ||
2203 | if (!IdToLine(childId, line)) | |
2204 | { | |
2205 | return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; | |
2206 | } | |
2207 | ||
2208 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) | |
2209 | if (mView->GetViewType() == ViewByTree) | |
2210 | { | |
2211 | KeyNode *node = mView->mLines[line]; | |
2212 | strValue->Printf(wxT("%d"), node->depth - 1); | |
2213 | } | |
2214 | ||
2215 | // Don't set a value for the other view types | |
2216 | return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; | |
2217 | #endif | |
2218 | ||
2219 | #if defined(__WXMAC__) | |
2220 | return GetName(childId, strValue); | |
2221 | #endif | |
2222 | } | |
2223 | ||
2224 | #if defined(__WXMAC__) | |
2225 | // Selects the object or child. | |
2226 | wxAccStatus | |
2227 | KeyViewAx::Select(int childId, wxAccSelectionFlags selectFlags) | |
2228 | { | |
2229 | #if 0 | |
2230 | int row; | |
2231 | int col; | |
2232 | ||
2233 | if (GetRowCol(childId, row, col)) | |
2234 | { | |
2235 | ||
2236 | if (selectFlags & wxACC_SEL_TAKESELECTION) | |
2237 | { | |
2238 | mGrid->SetGridCursor(row, col); | |
2239 | } | |
2240 | ||
2241 | mGrid->SelectBlock(row, col, row, col, selectFlags & wxACC_SEL_ADDSELECTION); | |
2242 | } | |
2243 | #endif | |
2244 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2245 | } | |
2246 | #endif | |
2247 | ||
2248 | // Gets the window with the keyboard focus. | |
2249 | // If childId is 0 and child is NULL, no object in | |
2250 | // this subhierarchy has the focus. | |
2251 | // If this object has the focus, child should be 'this'. | |
2252 | wxAccStatus | |
2253 | KeyViewAx::GetFocus(int * WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccessible **child) | |
2254 | { | |
2255 | *child = this; | |
2256 | ||
2257 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2258 | } | |
2259 | ||
2260 | #endif // wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY | |
0 | /********************************************************************** | |
1 | ||
2 | Audacity: A Digital Audio Editor | |
3 | ||
4 | KeyView.cpp | |
5 | ||
6 | *******************************************************************//*! | |
7 | ||
8 | \class KeyView | |
9 | \brief Provides multiple views of keyboard shortcuts | |
10 | ||
11 | *//*********************************************************************/ | |
12 | ||
13 | #include "../Audacity.h" | |
14 | ||
15 | #include <wx/defs.h> | |
16 | #include <wx/settings.h> | |
17 | #include <wx/vlbox.h> | |
18 | ||
19 | #include "../AColor.h" | |
20 | #include "../ShuttleGui.h" | |
21 | #include "../commands/CommandManager.h" | |
22 | #include "../commands/Keyboard.h" | |
23 | #include "KeyView.h" | |
24 | ||
25 | #include <wx/arrimpl.cpp> | |
26 | ||
27 | // Various drawing constants | |
28 | #define KV_BITMAP_SIZE 16 | |
29 | #define KV_LEFT_MARGIN 2 | |
30 | #define KV_COLUMN_SPACER 5 | |
31 | #define KV_VSCROLL_WIDTH 16 /* figure this out automatically? */ | |
32 | ||
33 | // Define the KeyNode arrays | |
34 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(KeyNodeArray); | |
35 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(KeyNodeArrayPtr); | |
36 | ||
37 | // Define the event table | |
38 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(KeyView, wxVListBox) | |
39 | EVT_LEFT_DOWN(KeyView::OnLeftDown) | |
40 | EVT_KEY_DOWN(KeyView::OnKeyDown) | |
41 | EVT_LISTBOX(wxID_ANY, KeyView::OnSelected) | |
42 | EVT_SET_FOCUS(KeyView::OnSetFocus) | |
43 | EVT_KILL_FOCUS(KeyView::OnKillFocus) | |
44 | EVT_SIZE(KeyView::OnSize) | |
45 | EVT_SCROLLWIN(KeyView::OnScroll) | |
46 | END_EVENT_TABLE(); | |
47 | ||
48 | // ============================================================================ | |
49 | // KeyView class | |
50 | // ============================================================================ | |
51 | KeyView::KeyView(wxWindow *parent, | |
52 | wxWindowID id, | |
53 | const wxPoint & pos, | |
54 | const wxSize & size) | |
55 | : wxVListBox(parent, id, pos, size, wxBORDER_THEME), | |
56 | mOpen(NULL), | |
57 | mClosed(NULL), | |
58 | mScrollX(0), | |
59 | mWidth(0) | |
60 | { | |
61 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY | |
62 | // Create and set accessibility object | |
63 | mAx = new KeyViewAx(this); | |
64 | SetAccessible(mAx); | |
65 | #endif | |
66 | ||
67 | // Create the device context | |
68 | wxMemoryDC dc; | |
69 | ||
70 | // Create the open/expanded bitmap | |
71 | mOpen = new wxBitmap(16, 16); | |
72 | dc.SelectObject(*mOpen); | |
73 | ||
74 | dc.SetBrush(*wxWHITE_BRUSH); | |
75 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); | |
76 | dc.DrawRectangle(0, 0, 16, 16); | |
77 | ||
78 | dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); | |
79 | dc.DrawRectangle(3, 4, 9, 9); | |
80 | dc.DrawLine(5, 8, 10, 8); | |
81 | dc.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); | |
82 | ||
83 | // Create the closed/collapsed bitmap | |
84 | mClosed = new wxBitmap(16, 16); | |
85 | dc.SelectObject(*mClosed); | |
86 | ||
87 | dc.SetBrush(*wxWHITE_BRUSH); | |
88 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); | |
89 | dc.DrawRectangle(0, 0, 16, 16); | |
90 | ||
91 | dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); | |
92 | dc.DrawRectangle(3, 4, 9, 9); | |
93 | dc.DrawLine(7, 6, 7, 11); | |
94 | dc.DrawLine(5, 8, 10, 8); | |
95 | dc.SelectObject(wxNullBitmap); | |
96 | ||
97 | // The default view | |
98 | mViewType = ViewByTree; | |
99 | } | |
100 | ||
101 | KeyView::~KeyView() | |
102 | { | |
103 | // Cleanup | |
104 | if (mOpen) | |
105 | { | |
106 | delete mOpen; | |
107 | } | |
108 | ||
109 | if (mClosed) | |
110 | { | |
111 | delete mClosed; | |
112 | } | |
113 | } | |
114 | ||
115 | // | |
116 | // Returns the index of the selected node | |
117 | // | |
118 | int | |
119 | KeyView::GetSelected() const | |
120 | { | |
121 | return LineToIndex(GetSelection()); | |
122 | } | |
123 | ||
124 | // | |
125 | // Returns the name of the control | |
126 | // | |
127 | wxString | |
128 | KeyView::GetName() const | |
129 | { | |
130 | // Just forward request | |
131 | return wxVListBox::GetName(); | |
132 | } | |
133 | ||
134 | // | |
135 | // Returns the label for the given index | |
136 | // | |
137 | wxString | |
138 | KeyView::GetLabel(int index) const | |
139 | { | |
140 | // Make sure index is valid | |
141 | if (index < 0 || index >= (int) mNodes.GetCount()) | |
142 | { | |
143 | wxASSERT(false); | |
144 | return wxEmptyString; | |
145 | } | |
146 | ||
147 | return mNodes[index].label; | |
148 | } | |
149 | ||
150 | // | |
151 | // Returns the prefix (if available) prepended to the label for the given index | |
152 | // | |
153 | wxString | |
154 | KeyView::GetFullLabel(int index) const | |
155 | { | |
156 | // Make sure index is valid | |
157 | if (index < 0 || index >= (int) mNodes.GetCount()) | |
158 | { | |
159 | wxASSERT(false); | |
160 | return wxEmptyString; | |
161 | } | |
162 | ||
163 | // Cache the node and label | |
164 | KeyNode & node = mNodes[index]; | |
165 | wxString label = node.label; | |
166 | ||
167 | // Prepend the prefix if available | |
168 | if (!node.prefix.IsEmpty()) | |
169 | { | |
170 | label = node.prefix + wxT(" - ") + label; | |
171 | } | |
172 | ||
173 | return label; | |
174 | } | |
175 | ||
176 | // | |
177 | // Returns the index for the given name | |
178 | // | |
179 | int | |
180 | KeyView::GetIndexByName(const wxString & name) const | |
181 | { | |
182 | int cnt = (int) mNodes.GetCount(); | |
183 | ||
184 | // Search the nodes for the key | |
185 | for (int i = 0; i < cnt; i++) | |
186 | { | |
187 | if (name.CmpNoCase(mNodes[i].name) == 0) | |
188 | { | |
189 | return mNodes[i].index; | |
190 | } | |
191 | } | |
192 | ||
193 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
194 | } | |
195 | ||
196 | // | |
197 | // Returns the command manager name for the given index | |
198 | // | |
199 | wxString | |
200 | KeyView::GetName(int index) const | |
201 | { | |
202 | // Make sure index is valid | |
203 | if (index < 0 || index >= (int) mNodes.GetCount()) | |
204 | { | |
205 | wxASSERT(false); | |
206 | return wxEmptyString; | |
207 | } | |
208 | ||
209 | return mNodes[index].name; | |
210 | } | |
211 | ||
212 | // | |
213 | // Returns the command manager index for the given key combination | |
214 | // | |
215 | wxString | |
216 | KeyView::GetNameByKey(const wxString & key) const | |
217 | { | |
218 | int cnt = (int) mNodes.GetCount(); | |
219 | ||
220 | // Search the nodes for the key | |
221 | for (int i = 0; i < cnt; i++) | |
222 | { | |
223 | if (key.CmpNoCase(mNodes[i].key) == 0) | |
224 | { | |
225 | return mNodes[i].name; | |
226 | } | |
227 | } | |
228 | ||
229 | return wxEmptyString; | |
230 | } | |
231 | ||
232 | // | |
233 | // Returns the index for the given key | |
234 | // | |
235 | int | |
236 | KeyView::GetIndexByKey(const wxString & key) const | |
237 | { | |
238 | int cnt = (int) mNodes.GetCount(); | |
239 | ||
240 | // Search the nodes for the key | |
241 | for (int i = 0; i < cnt; i++) | |
242 | { | |
243 | if (key.CmpNoCase(mNodes[i].key) == 0) | |
244 | { | |
245 | return mNodes[i].index; | |
246 | } | |
247 | } | |
248 | ||
249 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
250 | } | |
251 | ||
252 | // | |
253 | // Returns the key for the given index | |
254 | // | |
255 | wxString | |
256 | KeyView::GetKey(int index) const | |
257 | { | |
258 | // Make sure index is valid | |
259 | if (index < 0 || index >= (int) mNodes.GetCount()) | |
260 | { | |
261 | wxASSERT(false); | |
262 | return wxEmptyString; | |
263 | } | |
264 | ||
265 | return mNodes[index].key; | |
266 | } | |
267 | ||
268 | // | |
269 | // Use to determine if a key can be assigned to the given index | |
270 | // | |
271 | bool | |
272 | KeyView::CanSetKey(int index) const | |
273 | { | |
274 | // Make sure index is valid | |
275 | if (index < 0 || index >= (int) mNodes.GetCount()) | |
276 | { | |
277 | wxASSERT(false); | |
278 | return false; | |
279 | } | |
280 | ||
281 | // Parents can't be assigned keys | |
282 | return !mNodes[index].isparent; | |
283 | } | |
284 | ||
285 | // | |
286 | // Sets the key for the given index | |
287 | // | |
288 | bool | |
289 | KeyView::SetKey(int index, const wxString & key) | |
290 | { | |
291 | // Make sure index is valid | |
292 | if (index < 0 || index >= (int) mNodes.GetCount()) | |
293 | { | |
294 | wxASSERT(false); | |
295 | return false; | |
296 | } | |
297 | ||
298 | // Cache the node | |
299 | KeyNode & node = mNodes[index]; | |
300 | ||
301 | // Do not allow setting keys on branches | |
302 | if (node.isparent) | |
303 | { | |
304 | return false; | |
305 | } | |
306 | ||
307 | // Set the new key | |
308 | node.key = key; | |
309 | ||
310 | // Check to see if the key column needs to be expanded | |
311 | int x, y; | |
312 | GetTextExtent(node.key, &x, &y); | |
313 | if (x > mKeyWidth || y > mLineHeight) | |
314 | { | |
315 | // New key is wider than column so recalc extents (will refresh view) | |
316 | RecalcExtents(); | |
317 | return true; | |
318 | } | |
319 | ||
320 | // Refresh the view lines | |
321 | RefreshAll(); | |
322 | ||
323 | return true; | |
324 | } | |
325 | ||
326 | // | |
327 | // Sets the key for the given name | |
328 | // | |
329 | bool | |
330 | KeyView::SetKeyByName(const wxString & name, const wxString & key) | |
331 | { | |
332 | int index = GetIndexByName(name); | |
333 | ||
334 | // Bail is the name wasn't found | |
335 | if (index == wxNOT_FOUND) | |
336 | { | |
337 | return false; | |
338 | } | |
339 | ||
340 | // Go set the key | |
341 | return SetKey(index, key); | |
342 | } | |
343 | ||
344 | // | |
345 | // Sets the view type | |
346 | // | |
347 | void | |
348 | KeyView::SetView(ViewByType type) | |
349 | { | |
350 | int index = LineToIndex(GetSelection()); | |
351 | ||
352 | // Handle an existing selection | |
353 | if (index != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
354 | { | |
355 | // Cache the currently selected node | |
356 | KeyNode & node = mNodes[index]; | |
357 | ||
358 | // Expand branches if switching to Tree view and a line | |
359 | // is currently selected | |
360 | if (type == ViewByTree) | |
361 | { | |
362 | // Cache the node's depth | |
363 | int depth = node.depth; | |
364 | ||
365 | // Search for its parents, setting each one as open | |
366 | for (int i = node.index - 1; i >= 0 && depth > 1; i--) | |
367 | { | |
368 | if (mNodes[i].depth < depth) | |
369 | { | |
370 | mNodes[i].isopen = true; | |
371 | depth = mNodes[i].depth; | |
372 | } | |
373 | } | |
374 | } | |
375 | } | |
376 | ||
377 | // Unselect any currently selected line...do even if none selected | |
378 | SelectNode(-1); | |
379 | ||
380 | // Save new type | |
381 | mViewType = type; | |
382 | ||
383 | // Refresh the view lines | |
384 | RefreshLines(); | |
385 | ||
386 | // Reselect old node (if possible) | |
387 | if (index != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
388 | { | |
389 | SelectNode(index); | |
390 | } | |
391 | ||
392 | return; | |
393 | } | |
394 | ||
395 | // | |
396 | // Sets the filter | |
397 | // | |
398 | void | |
399 | KeyView::SetFilter(const wxString & filter) | |
400 | { | |
401 | int index = LineToIndex(GetSelection()); | |
402 | ||
403 | // Unselect any currently selected line...do even if none selected | |
404 | SelectNode(-1); | |
405 | ||
406 | // Save the filter | |
407 | mFilter = filter.Lower(); | |
408 | ||
409 | // Refresh the view lines | |
410 | RefreshLines(); | |
411 | ||
412 | // Reselect old node (if possible) | |
413 | if (index != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
414 | { | |
415 | SelectNode(index); | |
416 | } | |
417 | } | |
418 | ||
419 | // | |
420 | // Expand all branches | |
421 | // | |
422 | void | |
423 | KeyView::ExpandAll() | |
424 | { | |
425 | int cnt = (int) mNodes.GetCount(); | |
426 | ||
427 | // Set all parent nodes to open | |
428 | for (int i = 0; i < cnt; i++) | |
429 | { | |
430 | KeyNode & node = mNodes[i]; | |
431 | ||
432 | if (node.isparent) | |
433 | { | |
434 | node.isopen = true; | |
435 | } | |
436 | } | |
437 | ||
438 | RefreshLines(); | |
439 | } | |
440 | ||
441 | // | |
442 | // Collapse all branches | |
443 | // | |
444 | void | |
445 | KeyView::CollapseAll() | |
446 | { | |
447 | int cnt = (int) mNodes.GetCount(); | |
448 | ||
449 | // Set all parent nodes to closed | |
450 | for (int i = 0; i < cnt; i++) | |
451 | { | |
452 | KeyNode & node = mNodes[i]; | |
453 | ||
454 | if (node.isparent) | |
455 | { | |
456 | node.isopen = false; | |
457 | } | |
458 | } | |
459 | ||
460 | RefreshLines(); | |
461 | } | |
462 | ||
463 | // | |
464 | // Recalculate the measurements used for columns and scrolling | |
465 | // | |
466 | void | |
467 | KeyView::RecalcExtents() | |
468 | { | |
469 | // Reset | |
470 | mLineHeight = 0; | |
471 | mCommandWidth = 0; | |
472 | mKeyWidth = 0; | |
473 | ||
474 | // Examine all nodes | |
475 | int cnt = (int) mNodes.GetCount(); | |
476 | for (int i = 0; i < cnt; i++) | |
477 | { | |
478 | KeyNode & node = mNodes[i]; | |
479 | int x, y; | |
480 | ||
481 | if (node.iscat) | |
482 | { | |
483 | // Measure the category | |
484 | GetTextExtent(node.category, &x, &y); | |
485 | } | |
486 | else if (node.ispfx) | |
487 | { | |
488 | // Measure the prefix | |
489 | GetTextExtent(node.prefix, &x, &y); | |
490 | } | |
491 | else | |
492 | { | |
493 | // Measure the key | |
494 | GetTextExtent(node.key, &x, &y); | |
495 | mLineHeight = wxMax(mLineHeight, y); | |
496 | mKeyWidth = wxMax(mKeyWidth, x); | |
497 | ||
498 | // Prepend prefix for view types other than tree | |
499 | wxString label = node.label; | |
500 | if (mViewType != ViewByTree && !node.prefix.IsEmpty()) | |
501 | { | |
502 | label = node.prefix + wxT(" - ") + label; | |
503 | } | |
504 | ||
505 | // Measure the label | |
506 | GetTextExtent(label, &x, &y); | |
507 | } | |
508 | ||
509 | // Finish calc for command column | |
510 | mLineHeight = wxMax(mLineHeight, y); | |
511 | mCommandWidth = wxMax(mCommandWidth, x); | |
512 | } | |
513 | ||
514 | // Update horizontal scrollbar | |
515 | UpdateHScroll(); | |
516 | } | |
517 | ||
518 | // | |
519 | // Update the horizontal scrollbar or remove it if not needed | |
520 | // | |
521 | void | |
522 | KeyView::UpdateHScroll() | |
523 | { | |
524 | // Get the internal dimensions of the view | |
525 | wxRect r = GetClientRect(); | |
526 | ||
527 | // Calculate the full line width | |
528 | mWidth = KV_LEFT_MARGIN + | |
529 | mCommandWidth + | |
530 | KV_COLUMN_SPACER + | |
531 | mKeyWidth + | |
532 | KV_VSCROLL_WIDTH; | |
533 | ||
534 | // Retrieve the current horizontal scroll amount | |
535 | mScrollX = GetScrollPos(wxHORIZONTAL); | |
536 | ||
537 | if (mWidth <= r.GetWidth()) | |
538 | { | |
539 | // Remove the scrollbar if it will fit within client width | |
540 | SetScrollbar(wxHORIZONTAL, 0, 0, 0); | |
541 | } | |
542 | else | |
543 | { | |
544 | // Set scrollbar metrics | |
545 | SetScrollbar(wxHORIZONTAL, mScrollX, r.GetWidth(), mWidth); | |
546 | } | |
547 | ||
548 | // Refresh the entire view | |
549 | RefreshAll(); | |
550 | } | |
551 | ||
552 | // | |
553 | // Process a new set of bindings | |
554 | // | |
555 | void | |
556 | KeyView::RefreshBindings(const wxArrayString & names, | |
557 | const wxArrayString & categories, | |
558 | const wxArrayString & prefixes, | |
559 | const wxArrayString & labels, | |
560 | const wxArrayString & keys) | |
561 | { | |
562 | bool firsttime = mNodes.GetCount() == 0; | |
563 | ||
564 | // Start clean | |
565 | mNodes.Clear(); | |
566 | ||
567 | // Same as in RecalcExtents() but do it inline | |
568 | mLineHeight = 0; | |
569 | mKeyWidth = 0; | |
570 | mCommandWidth = 0; | |
571 | ||
572 | wxString lastcat; | |
573 | wxString lastpfx; | |
574 | int nodecnt = 0; | |
575 | int depth = 1; | |
576 | bool incat = false; | |
577 | bool inpfx = false; | |
578 | ||
579 | // Examine all names...all arrays passed have the same indexes | |
580 | int cnt = (int) names.GetCount(); | |
581 | for (int i = 0; i < cnt; i++) | |
582 | { | |
583 | wxString name = names[i]; | |
584 | int x, y; | |
585 | ||
586 | // Remove any menu code from the category and prefix | |
587 | wxString cat = wxMenuItem::GetLabelFromText(categories[i]); | |
588 | wxString pfx = wxMenuItem::GetLabelFromText(prefixes[i]); | |
589 | ||
590 | // Append "Menu" this node is for a menu title | |
591 | if (cat != wxT("Command")) | |
592 | { | |
593 | cat.Append(wxT(" ")); | |
594 | cat += _("Menu"); | |
595 | } | |
596 | ||
597 | // Process a new category | |
598 | if (cat != lastcat) | |
599 | { | |
600 | // A new category always finishes any current subtree | |
601 | if (inpfx) | |
602 | { | |
603 | // Back to category level | |
604 | depth--; | |
605 | inpfx = false; | |
606 | } | |
607 | ||
608 | // Only time this is not true is during the first iteration | |
609 | if (incat) | |
610 | { | |
611 | // Back to root level | |
612 | depth--; | |
613 | incat = false; | |
614 | } | |
615 | ||
616 | // Remember for next iteration | |
617 | lastcat = cat; | |
618 | ||
619 | // Add a new category node | |
620 | if (cat != wxEmptyString) | |
621 | { | |
622 | KeyNode node; | |
623 | ||
624 | // Fill in the node info | |
625 | node.name = wxEmptyString; // don't associate branches with a command | |
626 | node.category = cat; | |
627 | node.prefix = pfx; | |
628 | node.label = cat; | |
629 | node.index = nodecnt++; | |
630 | node.iscat = true; | |
631 | node.isparent = true; | |
632 | node.depth = depth++; | |
633 | ||
634 | // Add it to the tree | |
635 | mNodes.Add(node); | |
636 | incat = true; | |
637 | ||
638 | // Measure category | |
639 | GetTextExtent(cat, &x, &y); | |
640 | mLineHeight = wxMax(mLineHeight, y); | |
641 | mCommandWidth = wxMax(mCommandWidth, x); | |
642 | } | |
643 | } | |
644 | ||
645 | // Process a new prefix | |
646 | if (pfx != lastpfx) | |
647 | { | |
648 | // Done with prefix branch | |
649 | if (inpfx) | |
650 | { | |
651 | depth--; | |
652 | inpfx = false; | |
653 | } | |
654 | ||
655 | // Remember for next iteration | |
656 | lastpfx = pfx; | |
657 | ||
658 | // Add a new prefix node | |
659 | if (pfx != wxEmptyString) | |
660 | { | |
661 | KeyNode node; | |
662 | ||
663 | // Fill in the node info | |
664 | node.name = wxEmptyString; // don't associate branches with a command | |
665 | node.category = cat; | |
666 | node.prefix = pfx; | |
667 | node.label = pfx; | |
668 | node.index = nodecnt++; | |
669 | node.ispfx = true; | |
670 | node.isparent = true; | |
671 | node.depth = depth++; | |
672 | ||
673 | // Add it to the tree | |
674 | mNodes.Add(node); | |
675 | inpfx = true; | |
676 | } | |
677 | } | |
678 | ||
679 | // Add the key entry | |
680 | KeyNode node; | |
681 | node.category = cat; | |
682 | node.prefix = pfx; | |
683 | ||
684 | // Labels for undo and redo change according to the last command | |
685 | // which can be undone/redone, so give them a special check in order | |
686 | // not to confuse users | |
687 | if (name == wxT("Undo")) | |
688 | { | |
689 | node.label = _("Undo"); | |
690 | } | |
691 | else if (name == wxT("Redo")) | |
692 | { | |
693 | node.label = _("Redo"); | |
694 | } | |
695 | else | |
696 | { | |
697 | // Strip any menu codes from label | |
698 | node.label = wxMenuItem::GetLabelFromText(labels[i].BeforeFirst(wxT('\t'))); | |
699 | } | |
700 | ||
701 | // Fill in remaining info | |
702 | node.name = name; | |
703 | node.key = KeyStringDisplay(keys[i]); | |
704 | node.index = nodecnt++; | |
705 | node.depth = depth; | |
706 | ||
707 | // Add it to the tree | |
708 | mNodes.Add(node); | |
709 | ||
710 | // Measure key | |
711 | GetTextExtent(node.key, &x, &y); | |
712 | mLineHeight = wxMax(mLineHeight, y); | |
713 | mKeyWidth = wxMax(mKeyWidth, x); | |
714 | ||
715 | // Prepend prefix for all view types to determine maximum | |
716 | // column widths | |
717 | wxString label = node.label; | |
718 | if (!node.prefix.IsEmpty()) | |
719 | { | |
720 | label = node.prefix + wxT(" - ") + label; | |
721 | } | |
722 | ||
723 | // Measure label | |
724 | GetTextExtent(label, &x, &y); | |
725 | mLineHeight = wxMax(mLineHeight, y); | |
726 | mCommandWidth = wxMax(mCommandWidth, x); | |
727 | } | |
728 | ||
729 | #if 0 | |
730 | // For debugging | |
731 | for (int j = 0; j < mNodes.GetCount(); j++) | |
732 | { | |
733 | KeyNode & node = mNodes[j]; | |
734 | wxLogDebug(wxT("NODE line %4d index %4d depth %1d open %1d parent %1d cat %1d pfx %1d name %s STR %s | %s | %s"), | |
735 | node.line, | |
736 | node.index, | |
737 | node.depth, | |
738 | node.isopen, | |
739 | node.isparent, | |
740 | node.iscat, | |
741 | node.ispfx, | |
742 | node.name.c_str(), | |
743 | node.category.c_str(), | |
744 | node.prefix.c_str(), | |
745 | node.label.c_str()); | |
746 | } | |
747 | #endif | |
748 | ||
749 | // Update horizontal scrollbar | |
750 | UpdateHScroll(); | |
751 | ||
752 | // Refresh the view lines | |
753 | RefreshLines(); | |
754 | ||
755 | // Set the selected node if this was the first time through | |
756 | if (firsttime) | |
757 | { | |
758 | SelectNode(LineToIndex(0)); | |
759 | } | |
760 | } | |
761 | ||
762 | // | |
763 | // Refresh the list of lines within the current view | |
764 | // | |
765 | void | |
766 | KeyView::RefreshLines() | |
767 | { | |
768 | int cnt = (int) mNodes.GetCount(); | |
769 | int linecnt = 0; | |
770 | mLines.Empty(); | |
771 | ||
772 | // Process a filter if one is set | |
773 | if (!mFilter.IsEmpty()) | |
774 | { | |
775 | // Examine all nodes | |
776 | for (int i = 0; i < cnt; i++) | |
777 | { | |
778 | KeyNode & node = mNodes[i]; | |
779 | ||
780 | // Reset line number | |
781 | node.line = wxNOT_FOUND; | |
782 | ||
783 | // Search columns based on view type | |
784 | wxString searchit; | |
785 | switch (mViewType) | |
786 | { | |
787 | // The x"01" separator is used to prevent finding a | |
788 | // match comprising the end of the label and beginning | |
789 | // of the key. It was chosen since it's not very likely | |
790 | // to appear in the filter itself. | |
791 | case ViewByTree: | |
792 | searchit = node.label.Lower() + | |
793 | wxT("\01x") + | |
794 | node.key.Lower(); | |
795 | break; | |
796 | ||
797 | case ViewByName: | |
798 | searchit = node.label.Lower(); | |
799 | break; | |
800 | ||
801 | case ViewByKey: | |
802 | searchit = node.key.Lower(); | |
803 | break; | |
804 | } | |
805 | if (searchit.Find(mFilter) == wxNOT_FOUND) | |
806 | { | |
807 | // Not found so continue to next node | |
808 | continue; | |
809 | } | |
810 | ||
811 | // For the Key View, if the filter is a single character, | |
812 | // then it has to be the last character in the searchit string, | |
813 | // and be preceded by nothing or +. | |
814 | if ((mViewType == ViewByKey) && | |
815 | (mFilter.Len() == 1) && | |
816 | (!mFilter.IsSameAs(searchit.Last()) || | |
817 | ((searchit.Len() > 1) && | |
818 | ((wxString)(searchit.GetChar(searchit.Len() - 2)) != wxT("+"))))) | |
819 | { | |
820 | // Not suitable so continue to next node | |
821 | continue; | |
822 | } | |
823 | ||
824 | // For tree view, we must make sure all parent nodes are included | |
825 | // whether they match the filter or not. | |
826 | if (mViewType == ViewByTree) | |
827 | { | |
828 | KeyNodeArrayPtr queue; | |
829 | int depth = node.depth; | |
830 | ||
831 | // This node is a category or prefix node, so always mark them | |
832 | // as open. | |
833 | // | |
834 | // What this is really doing is resolving a situation where the | |
835 | // the filter matches a parent node and nothing underneath. In | |
836 | // this case, the node would never be marked as open. | |
837 | if (node.isparent) | |
838 | { | |
839 | node.isopen = true; | |
840 | } | |
841 | ||
842 | // Examine siblings until a parent is found. | |
843 | for (int j = node.index - 1; j >= 0 && depth > 0; j--) | |
844 | { | |
845 | // Found a parent | |
846 | if (mNodes[j].depth < depth) | |
847 | { | |
848 | // Examine all previously added nodes to see if this nodes | |
849 | // ancestors need to be added prior to adding this node. | |
850 | bool found = false; | |
851 | for (int k = (int) mLines.GetCount() - 1; k >= 0; k--) | |
852 | { | |
853 | // The node indexes match, so we've found the parent of the | |
854 | // child node. | |
855 | if (mLines[k]->index == mNodes[j].index) | |
856 | { | |
857 | found = true; | |
858 | break; | |
859 | } | |
860 | } | |
861 | ||
862 | // The parent wasn't found so remember it for later | |
863 | // addition. Can't add directory to mLines here since | |
864 | // they will wind up in reverse order. | |
865 | if (!found) | |
866 | { | |
867 | queue.Add(&mNodes[j]); | |
868 | } | |
869 | ||
870 | // Traverse up the tree | |
871 | depth = mNodes[j].depth; | |
872 | } | |
873 | } | |
874 | ||
875 | // Add any queues nodes to list. This will all be | |
876 | // parent nodes, so mark them as open. | |
877 | for (int j = (int) queue.GetCount() - 1; j >= 0; j--) | |
878 | { | |
879 | queue[j]->isopen = true; | |
880 | queue[j]->line = linecnt++; | |
881 | mLines.Add(queue[j]); | |
882 | } | |
883 | } | |
884 | ||
885 | // Finally add the child node | |
886 | node.line = linecnt++; | |
887 | mLines.Add(&node); | |
888 | } | |
889 | } | |
890 | else | |
891 | { | |
892 | // Examine all nodes - non-filtered | |
893 | for (int i = 0; i < cnt; i++) | |
894 | { | |
895 | KeyNode & node = mNodes[i]; | |
896 | ||
897 | // Reset line number | |
898 | node.line = wxNOT_FOUND; | |
899 | ||
900 | // Node is either a category or prefix | |
901 | if (node.isparent) | |
902 | { | |
903 | // Only need to do this for tree views | |
904 | if (mViewType != ViewByTree) | |
905 | { | |
906 | continue; | |
907 | } | |
908 | ||
909 | // Add the node | |
910 | node.line = linecnt++; | |
911 | mLines.Add(&node); | |
912 | ||
913 | // If this node is not open, then skip all of it's decendants | |
914 | if (!node.isopen) | |
915 | { | |
916 | bool iscat = node.iscat; | |
917 | bool ispfx = node.ispfx; | |
918 | ||
919 | // Skip nodes until we find a node that has a different | |
920 | // category or prefix | |
921 | while (i < cnt) | |
922 | { | |
923 | KeyNode & skip = mNodes[i]; | |
924 | ||
925 | if ((iscat && skip.category != node.category) || | |
926 | (ispfx && skip.prefix != node.prefix)) | |
927 | { | |
928 | break; | |
929 | } | |
930 | ||
931 | // Bump to next node | |
932 | i++; | |
933 | } | |
934 | ||
935 | // Index is pointing to the node that was different or | |
936 | // past the end, so back off to last node of this branch. | |
937 | i--; | |
938 | } | |
939 | continue; | |
940 | } | |
941 | ||
942 | // Add child node to list | |
943 | node.line = linecnt++; | |
944 | mLines.Add(&node); | |
945 | } | |
946 | } | |
947 | ||
948 | // Sort list based on type | |
949 | switch (mViewType) | |
950 | { | |
951 | case ViewByTree: | |
952 | mLines.Sort(CmpKeyNodeByTree); | |
953 | break; | |
954 | ||
955 | case ViewByName: | |
956 | mLines.Sort(CmpKeyNodeByName); | |
957 | break; | |
958 | ||
959 | case ViewByKey: | |
960 | mLines.Sort(CmpKeyNodeByKey); | |
961 | break; | |
962 | } | |
963 | ||
964 | // Now, reassign the line numbers | |
965 | for (int i = 0; i < (int) mLines.GetCount(); i++) | |
966 | { | |
967 | mLines[i]->line = i; | |
968 | } | |
969 | ||
970 | #if 0 | |
971 | // For debugging | |
972 | for (int j = 0; j < mLines.GetCount(); j++) | |
973 | { | |
974 | KeyNode & node = *mLines[j]; | |
975 | wxLogDebug(wxT("LINE line %4d index %4d depth %1d open %1d parent %1d cat %1d pfx %1d name %s STR %s | %s | %s"), | |
976 | node.line, | |
977 | node.index, | |
978 | node.depth, | |
979 | node.isopen, | |
980 | node.isparent, | |
981 | node.iscat, | |
982 | node.ispfx, | |
983 | node.name.c_str(), | |
984 | node.category.c_str(), | |
985 | node.prefix.c_str(), | |
986 | node.label.c_str()); | |
987 | } | |
988 | #endif | |
989 | ||
990 | // Tell listbox the new count and refresh the entire view | |
991 | SetItemCount(mLines.GetCount()); | |
992 | RefreshAll(); | |
993 | ||
994 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY | |
995 | // Let accessibility know that the list has changed | |
996 | mAx->ListUpdated(); | |
997 | #endif | |
998 | } | |
999 | ||
1000 | // | |
1001 | // Select a node | |
1002 | // | |
1003 | // Parameter can be wxNOT_FOUND to clear selection | |
1004 | // | |
1005 | void | |
1006 | KeyView::SelectNode(int index) | |
1007 | { | |
1008 | int line = IndexToLine(index); | |
1009 | ||
1010 | // Tell the listbox to select the line | |
1011 | SetSelection(line); | |
1012 | ||
1013 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY | |
1014 | // And accessibility | |
1015 | mAx->SetCurrentLine(line); | |
1016 | #endif | |
1017 | ||
1018 | // Always send an event to let parent know of selection change | |
1019 | // | |
1020 | // Must do this ourselves becuase we want to send notifications | |
1021 | // even if there isn't an item selected and SendSelectedEvent() | |
1022 | // doesn't allow sending an event for indexes not in the listbox. | |
1023 | wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED, GetId()); | |
1024 | event.SetEventObject(this); | |
1025 | event.SetInt(line); | |
1026 | (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
1027 | } | |
1028 | ||
1029 | // | |
1030 | // Converts a line index to a node index | |
1031 | // | |
1032 | int | |
1033 | KeyView::LineToIndex(int line) const | |
1034 | { | |
1035 | if (line < 0 || line >= (int) mLines.GetCount()) | |
1036 | { | |
1037 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
1038 | } | |
1039 | ||
1040 | return mLines[line]->index; | |
1041 | } | |
1042 | ||
1043 | // | |
1044 | // Converts a node index to a line index | |
1045 | // | |
1046 | int | |
1047 | KeyView::IndexToLine(int index) const | |
1048 | { | |
1049 | if (index < 0 || index >= (int) mNodes.GetCount()) | |
1050 | { | |
1051 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
1052 | } | |
1053 | ||
1054 | return mNodes[index].line; | |
1055 | } | |
1056 | ||
1057 | // | |
1058 | // Draw the background for a given line | |
1059 | // | |
1060 | // This is called by the listbox when it needs to redraw the view. | |
1061 | // | |
1062 | void | |
1063 | KeyView::OnDrawBackground(wxDC & dc, const wxRect & rect, size_t line) const | |
1064 | { | |
1065 | const KeyNode *node = mLines[line]; | |
1066 | wxRect r = rect; | |
1067 | wxCoord indent = 0; | |
1068 | ||
1069 | // When in tree view mode, each younger branch gets indented by the | |
1070 | // width of the open/close bitmaps | |
1071 | if (mViewType == ViewByTree) | |
1072 | { | |
1073 | indent += node->depth * KV_BITMAP_SIZE; | |
1074 | } | |
1075 | ||
1076 | // Offset left side by the indentation (if any) and scroll amounts | |
1077 | r.x = indent - mScrollX; | |
1078 | ||
1079 | // If the line width is less than the client width, then we want to | |
1080 | // extend the background to the right edge of the client view. Otherwise, | |
1081 | // go all the way to the end of the line width...this will draw past the | |
1082 | // right edge, but that's what we want. | |
1083 | r.width = wxMax(mWidth, r.width); | |
1084 | ||
1085 | // Selected lines get a solid background | |
1086 | if (IsSelected(line)) | |
1087 | { | |
1088 | if (FindFocus() == this) | |
1089 | { | |
1090 | // Focused lines get highlighted background | |
1091 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT))); | |
1092 | AColor::DrawFocus(dc, r); | |
1093 | dc.DrawRectangle(r); | |
1094 | } | |
1095 | else | |
1096 | { | |
1097 | // Non ocused lines get a light background | |
1098 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE))); | |
1099 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
1100 | dc.DrawRectangle(r); | |
1101 | } | |
1102 | } | |
1103 | else | |
1104 | { | |
1105 | // Non-selected lines get a thin bottom border | |
1106 | dc.SetPen(wxColour(240, 240, 240)); | |
1107 | dc.DrawLine(r.GetLeft(), r.GetBottom(), r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom()); | |
1108 | } | |
1109 | } | |
1110 | ||
1111 | // | |
1112 | // Draw a line | |
1113 | // | |
1114 | // This is called by the listbox when it needs to redraw the view. | |
1115 | // | |
1116 | void | |
1117 | KeyView::OnDrawItem(wxDC & dc, const wxRect & rect, size_t line) const | |
1118 | { | |
1119 | const KeyNode *node = mLines[line]; | |
1120 | wxString label = node->label; | |
1121 | ||
1122 | // Make sure the DC has a valid font | |
1123 | dc.SetFont(GetFont()); | |
1124 | ||
1125 | // Set the text color based on selection and focus | |
1126 | if (IsSelected(line) && FindFocus() == this) | |
1127 | { | |
1128 | dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOXHIGHLIGHTTEXT)); | |
1129 | } | |
1130 | else | |
1131 | { | |
1132 | dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_LISTBOXTEXT)); | |
1133 | } | |
1134 | ||
1135 | // Tree views get bitmaps | |
1136 | if (mViewType == ViewByTree) | |
1137 | { | |
1138 | // Adjust left edge to account for scrolling | |
1139 | wxCoord x = rect.x - mScrollX; | |
1140 | ||
1141 | if (node->iscat) | |
1142 | { | |
1143 | // Draw categories bitmap at left edge | |
1144 | dc.DrawBitmap(node->isopen ? *mOpen : *mClosed, x, rect.y); | |
1145 | } | |
1146 | else if (node->ispfx) | |
1147 | { | |
1148 | // Draw prefix bitmap to the right of the category bitmap | |
1149 | dc.DrawBitmap(node->isopen ? *mOpen : *mClosed, x + KV_BITMAP_SIZE, rect.y); | |
1150 | } | |
1151 | ||
1152 | // Indent text | |
1153 | x += KV_LEFT_MARGIN; | |
1154 | ||
1155 | // Draw the command and key columns | |
1156 | dc.DrawText(label, x + node->depth * KV_BITMAP_SIZE, rect.y); | |
1157 | dc.DrawText(node->key, x + mCommandWidth + KV_COLUMN_SPACER, rect.y); | |
1158 | } | |
1159 | else | |
1160 | { | |
1161 | // Adjust left edge by margin and account for scrolling | |
1162 | wxCoord x = rect.x + KV_LEFT_MARGIN - mScrollX; | |
1163 | ||
1164 | // Prepend prefix if available | |
1165 | if (!node->prefix.IsEmpty()) | |
1166 | { | |
1167 | label = node->prefix + wxT(" - ") + label; | |
1168 | } | |
1169 | ||
1170 | // Swap the columns based on view type | |
1171 | if(mViewType == ViewByName) | |
1172 | { | |
1173 | // Draw command column and then key column | |
1174 | dc.DrawText(label, x, rect.y); | |
1175 | dc.DrawText(node->key, x + mCommandWidth + KV_COLUMN_SPACER, rect.y); | |
1176 | } | |
1177 | else if(mViewType == ViewByKey) | |
1178 | { | |
1179 | // Draw key columnd and then command column | |
1180 | dc.DrawText(node->key, x, rect.y); | |
1181 | dc.DrawText(label, x + mKeyWidth + KV_COLUMN_SPACER, rect.y); | |
1182 | } | |
1183 | } | |
1184 | ||
1185 | return; | |
1186 | } | |
1187 | ||
1188 | // | |
1189 | // Provide the height of the given line | |
1190 | // | |
1191 | // This is called by the listbox when it needs to redraw the view. | |
1192 | // | |
1193 | wxCoord | |
1194 | KeyView::OnMeasureItem(size_t WXUNUSED(line)) const | |
1195 | { | |
1196 | // All lines are of equal height | |
1197 | // | |
1198 | // (add a magic 1 for decenders...looks better...not required) | |
1199 | return mLineHeight + 1; | |
1200 | } | |
1201 | ||
1202 | // | |
1203 | // Handle the wxEVT_LISTBOX event | |
1204 | // | |
1205 | void | |
1206 | KeyView::OnSelected(wxCommandEvent & event) | |
1207 | { | |
1208 | // Allow further processing | |
1209 | event.Skip(); | |
1210 | ||
1211 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY | |
1212 | // Tell accessibility of the change | |
1213 | mAx->SetCurrentLine(event.GetInt()); | |
1214 | #endif | |
1215 | } | |
1216 | ||
1217 | // | |
1218 | // Handle the wxEVT_SET_FOCUS event | |
1219 | // | |
1220 | void | |
1221 | KeyView::OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent & event) | |
1222 | { | |
1223 | // Allow further processing | |
1224 | event.Skip(); | |
1225 | ||
1226 | // Refresh the selected line to pull in any changes while | |
1227 | // focus was away...like when setting a new key value. This | |
1228 | // will also refresh the visual (highlighted) state. | |
1229 | if (GetSelection() != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1230 | { | |
1231 | RefreshLine(GetSelection()); | |
1232 | } | |
1233 | ||
1234 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY | |
1235 | // Tell accessibility of the change | |
1236 | mAx->SetCurrentLine(GetSelection()); | |
1237 | #endif | |
1238 | } | |
1239 | ||
1240 | // | |
1241 | // Handle the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event | |
1242 | // | |
1243 | void | |
1244 | KeyView::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent & event) | |
1245 | { | |
1246 | // Allow further processing | |
1247 | event.Skip(); | |
1248 | ||
1249 | // Refresh the selected line to adjust visual highlighting. | |
1250 | if (GetSelection() != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1251 | { | |
1252 | RefreshLine(GetSelection()); | |
1253 | } | |
1254 | } | |
1255 | ||
1256 | // | |
1257 | // Handle the wxEVT_SIZE event | |
1258 | // | |
1259 | void | |
1260 | KeyView::OnSize(wxSizeEvent & WXUNUSED(event)) | |
1261 | { | |
1262 | // Update horizontal scrollbar | |
1263 | UpdateHScroll(); | |
1264 | } | |
1265 | ||
1266 | // | |
1267 | // Handle the wxEVT_SCROLL event | |
1268 | // | |
1269 | void | |
1270 | KeyView::OnScroll(wxScrollWinEvent & event) | |
1271 | { | |
1272 | // We only care bout the horizontal scrollbar. | |
1273 | if (event.GetOrientation() != wxHORIZONTAL) | |
1274 | { | |
1275 | // Allow further processing | |
1276 | event.Skip(); | |
1277 | return; | |
1278 | } | |
1279 | ||
1280 | // Get new scroll position and scroll the view | |
1281 | mScrollX = event.GetPosition(); | |
1282 | SetScrollPos(wxHORIZONTAL, mScrollX); | |
1283 | ||
1284 | // Refresh the entire view | |
1285 | RefreshAll(); | |
1286 | } | |
1287 | ||
1288 | // | |
1289 | // Handle the wxEVT_KEY_DOWN event | |
1290 | // | |
1291 | void | |
1292 | KeyView::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent & event) | |
1293 | { | |
1294 | int line = GetSelection(); | |
1295 | ||
1296 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1297 | switch (keycode) | |
1298 | { | |
1299 | // The LEFT key moves selection to parent or collapses selected | |
1300 | // node if it is expanded. | |
1301 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
1302 | { | |
1303 | // Nothing selected...nothing to do | |
1304 | if (line == wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1305 | { | |
1306 | // Allow further processing | |
1307 | event.Skip(); | |
1308 | break; | |
1309 | } | |
1310 | ||
1311 | KeyNode *node = mLines[line]; | |
1312 | ||
1313 | // Collapse the node if it is open | |
1314 | if (node->isopen) | |
1315 | { | |
1316 | // No longer open | |
1317 | node->isopen = false; | |
1318 | ||
1319 | // Don't want the view to scroll vertically, so remember the current | |
1320 | // top line. | |
1321 | size_t topline = GetVisibleBegin(); | |
1322 | ||
1323 | // Refresh the view now that the number of lines have changed | |
1324 | RefreshLines(); | |
1325 | ||
1326 | // Reset the original top line | |
1327 | ScrollToLine(topline); | |
1328 | ||
1329 | // And make sure current line is still selected | |
1330 | SelectNode(LineToIndex(line)); | |
1331 | } | |
1332 | else | |
1333 | { | |
1334 | // Move selection to the parent of this node | |
1335 | for (int i = line - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
1336 | { | |
1337 | // Found the parent | |
1338 | if (mLines[i]->depth < node->depth) | |
1339 | { | |
1340 | // So select it | |
1341 | SelectNode(LineToIndex(i)); | |
1342 | break; | |
1343 | } | |
1344 | } | |
1345 | } | |
1346 | ||
1347 | // Further processing of the event is not wanted | |
1348 | // (we didn't call event.Skip() | |
1349 | } | |
1350 | break; | |
1351 | ||
1352 | // The RIGHT key moves the selection to the first child or expands | |
1353 | // the node if it is a parent. | |
1354 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
1355 | { | |
1356 | // Nothing selected...nothing to do | |
1357 | if (line == wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1358 | { | |
1359 | // Allow further processing | |
1360 | event.Skip(); | |
1361 | break; | |
1362 | } | |
1363 | ||
1364 | KeyNode *node = mLines[line]; | |
1365 | ||
1366 | // Only want parent nodes | |
1367 | if (node->isparent) | |
1368 | { | |
1369 | // It is open so move select to first child | |
1370 | if (node->isopen) | |
1371 | { | |
1372 | // But only if there is one | |
1373 | if (line < (int) mLines.GetCount() - 1) | |
1374 | { | |
1375 | SelectNode(LineToIndex(line + 1)); | |
1376 | } | |
1377 | } | |
1378 | else | |
1379 | { | |
1380 | // Node is now open | |
1381 | node->isopen = true; | |
1382 | ||
1383 | // Don't want the view to scroll vertically, so remember the current | |
1384 | // top line. | |
1385 | size_t topline = GetVisibleBegin(); | |
1386 | ||
1387 | // Refresh the view now that the number of lines have changed | |
1388 | RefreshLines(); | |
1389 | ||
1390 | // Reset the original top line | |
1391 | ScrollToLine(topline); | |
1392 | ||
1393 | // And make sure current line is still selected | |
1394 | SelectNode(LineToIndex(line)); | |
1395 | } | |
1396 | } | |
1397 | ||
1398 | // Further processing of the event is not wanted | |
1399 | // (we didn't call event.Skip() | |
1400 | } | |
1401 | break; | |
1402 | ||
1403 | // Move selection to next node whose 1st character matches | |
1404 | // the keycode | |
1405 | default: | |
1406 | { | |
1407 | int cnt = (int) mLines.GetCount(); | |
1408 | bool found = false; | |
1409 | ||
1410 | // Search the entire list if none is currently selected | |
1411 | if (line == wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1412 | { | |
1413 | line = cnt; | |
1414 | } | |
1415 | else | |
1416 | { | |
1417 | // Search from the node following the current one | |
1418 | for (int i = line + 1; i < cnt; i++) | |
1419 | { | |
1420 | wxString label; | |
1421 | ||
1422 | // Get the string to search based on view type | |
1423 | if (mViewType == ViewByTree) | |
1424 | { | |
1425 | label = GetLabel(LineToIndex(i)); | |
1426 | } | |
1427 | else if (mViewType == ViewByName) | |
1428 | { | |
1429 | label = GetFullLabel(LineToIndex(i)); | |
1430 | } | |
1431 | else if (mViewType == ViewByKey) | |
1432 | { | |
1433 | label = GetKey(LineToIndex(i)); | |
1434 | } | |
1435 | ||
1436 | // Move selection if they match | |
1437 | if (label.Left(1).IsSameAs(keycode, false)) | |
1438 | { | |
1439 | SelectNode(LineToIndex(i)); | |
1440 | ||
1441 | found = true; | |
1442 | ||
1443 | break; | |
1444 | } | |
1445 | } | |
1446 | } | |
1447 | ||
1448 | // A match wasn't found | |
1449 | if (!found) | |
1450 | { | |
1451 | // So scan from the start of the list to the current node | |
1452 | for (int i = 0; i < line; i++) | |
1453 | { | |
1454 | wxString label; | |
1455 | ||
1456 | // Get the string to search based on view type | |
1457 | if (mViewType == ViewByTree) | |
1458 | { | |
1459 | label = GetLabel(LineToIndex(i)); | |
1460 | } | |
1461 | else if (mViewType == ViewByName) | |
1462 | { | |
1463 | label = GetFullLabel(LineToIndex(i)); | |
1464 | } | |
1465 | else if (mViewType == ViewByKey) | |
1466 | { | |
1467 | label = GetKey(LineToIndex(i)); | |
1468 | } | |
1469 | ||
1470 | // Move selection if they match | |
1471 | if (label.Left(1).IsSameAs(keycode, false)) | |
1472 | { | |
1473 | SelectNode(LineToIndex(i)); | |
1474 | ||
1475 | found = true; | |
1476 | ||
1477 | break; | |
1478 | } | |
1479 | } | |
1480 | } | |
1481 | ||
1482 | // A node wasn't found so allow further processing | |
1483 | if (!found) { | |
1484 | event.Skip(); | |
1485 | } | |
1486 | ||
1487 | // Otherwise, further processing of the event is not wanted | |
1488 | // (we didn't call event.Skip() | |
1489 | } | |
1490 | } | |
1491 | } | |
1492 | ||
1493 | // | |
1494 | // Handle the wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN event | |
1495 | // | |
1496 | void | |
1497 | KeyView::OnLeftDown(wxMouseEvent & event) | |
1498 | { | |
1499 | // Only check if for tree view | |
1500 | if (mViewType != ViewByTree) | |
1501 | { | |
1502 | // Allow further processing (important for focus handling) | |
1503 | event.Skip(); | |
1504 | ||
1505 | return; | |
1506 | } | |
1507 | ||
1508 | // Get the mouse position when the button was pressed | |
1509 | wxPoint pos = event.GetPosition(); | |
1510 | ||
1511 | // And see if it was on a line within the view | |
1512 | int line = HitTest(pos); | |
1513 | ||
1514 | // It was on a line | |
1515 | if (line != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1516 | { | |
1517 | KeyNode *node = mLines[line]; | |
1518 | ||
1519 | // Toggle the open state if this is a parent node | |
1520 | if (node->isparent) | |
1521 | { | |
1522 | // Toggle state | |
1523 | node->isopen = !node->isopen; | |
1524 | ||
1525 | // Don't want the view to scroll vertically, so remember the current | |
1526 | // top line. | |
1527 | size_t topline = GetVisibleBegin(); | |
1528 | ||
1529 | // Refresh the view now that the number of lines have changed | |
1530 | RefreshLines(); | |
1531 | ||
1532 | // Reset the original top line | |
1533 | ScrollToLine(topline); | |
1534 | ||
1535 | // And make sure current line is still selected | |
1536 | SelectNode(LineToIndex(line)); | |
1537 | } | |
1538 | } | |
1539 | ||
1540 | // Allow further processing (important for focus handling) | |
1541 | event.Skip(); | |
1542 | } | |
1543 | ||
1544 | // | |
1545 | // Sort compare function for tree view | |
1546 | // | |
1547 | // We want to leave the "menu" nodes alone as they are in the | |
1548 | // order as they appear in the menus. But, we want to sort the | |
1549 | // "command" nodes. | |
1550 | // | |
1551 | // To accomplish this, we prepend each label with it's line number | |
1552 | // (in hex) for "menu" nodes. This ensures they will remain in | |
1553 | // their original order. | |
1554 | // | |
1555 | // We prefix all "command" nodes with "ffffffff" (highest hex value) | |
1556 | // to allow the sort to reorder them as needed. | |
1557 | // | |
1558 | int | |
1559 | KeyView::CmpKeyNodeByTree(KeyNode ***n1, KeyNode ***n2) | |
1560 | { | |
1561 | KeyNode *t1 = (**n1); | |
1562 | KeyNode *t2 = (**n2); | |
1563 | wxString k1 = t1->label; | |
1564 | wxString k2 = t2->label; | |
1565 | ||
1566 | // This is a "command" node if its category is "Command" | |
1567 | // and it is a child of the "Command" category. This latter | |
1568 | // test ensures that the "Command" parent will be handled | |
1569 | // as a "menu" node and remain at the bottom of the list. | |
1570 | if (t1->category == _("Command") && !t1->isparent) | |
1571 | { | |
1572 | // A "command" node, so prepend the highest hex value | |
1573 | k1.Printf(wxT("ffffffff%s"), t1->label.c_str()); | |
1574 | } | |
1575 | else | |
1576 | { | |
1577 | // A "menu" node, so prepend the line number | |
1578 | k1.Printf(wxT("%08x%s"), t1->line, t1->label.c_str()); | |
1579 | } | |
1580 | ||
1581 | // See above for explanation | |
1582 | if (t2->category == _("Command") && !t2->isparent) | |
1583 | { | |
1584 | // A "command" node, so prepend the highest hex value | |
1585 | k2.Printf(wxT("ffffffff%s"), t2->label.c_str()); | |
1586 | } | |
1587 | else | |
1588 | { | |
1589 | // A "menu" node, so prepend the line number | |
1590 | k2.Printf(wxT("%08x%s"), t2->line, t2->label.c_str()); | |
1591 | } | |
1592 | ||
1593 | // See wxWidgets documentation for explanation of comparison results. | |
1594 | // These will produce an ascending order. | |
1595 | if (k1 < k2) | |
1596 | { | |
1597 | return -1; | |
1598 | } | |
1599 | ||
1600 | if (k1 > k2) | |
1601 | { | |
1602 | return 1; | |
1603 | } | |
1604 | ||
1605 | return 0; | |
1606 | } | |
1607 | ||
1608 | // | |
1609 | // Sort compare function for command view | |
1610 | // | |
1611 | // Nothing special here, just a standard ascending sort. | |
1612 | // | |
1613 | int | |
1614 | KeyView::CmpKeyNodeByName(KeyNode ***n1, KeyNode ***n2) | |
1615 | { | |
1616 | KeyNode *t1 = (**n1); | |
1617 | KeyNode *t2 = (**n2); | |
1618 | wxString k1 = t1->label; | |
1619 | wxString k2 = t2->label; | |
1620 | ||
1621 | // Prepend prefix if available | |
1622 | if (!t1->prefix.IsEmpty()) | |
1623 | { | |
1624 | k1 = t1->prefix + wxT(" - ") + k1; | |
1625 | } | |
1626 | ||
1627 | // Prepend prefix if available | |
1628 | if (!t2->prefix.IsEmpty()) | |
1629 | { | |
1630 | k2 = t2->prefix + wxT(" - ") + k2; | |
1631 | } | |
1632 | ||
1633 | // See wxWidgets documentation for explanation of comparison results. | |
1634 | // These will produce an ascending order. | |
1635 | if (k1 < k2) | |
1636 | { | |
1637 | return -1; | |
1638 | } | |
1639 | ||
1640 | if (k1 > k2) | |
1641 | { | |
1642 | return 1; | |
1643 | } | |
1644 | ||
1645 | return 0; | |
1646 | } | |
1647 | ||
1648 | // | |
1649 | // Sort compare function for key view | |
1650 | // | |
1651 | // We want all nodes with key assignments to appear in ascending order | |
1652 | // at the top of the list and all nodes without assignment to appear in | |
1653 | // ascending order at the bottom of the list. | |
1654 | // | |
1655 | // We accomplish this by by prefixing all non-assigned entries with 0xff. | |
1656 | // This will force them to the end, but still allow them to be sorted in | |
1657 | // ascending order. | |
1658 | // | |
1659 | // The assigned entries simply get sorted as normal. | |
1660 | // | |
1661 | int | |
1662 | KeyView::CmpKeyNodeByKey(KeyNode ***n1, KeyNode ***n2) | |
1663 | { | |
1664 | KeyNode *t1 = (**n1); | |
1665 | KeyNode *t2 = (**n2); | |
1666 | wxString k1 = t1->key; | |
1667 | wxString k2 = t2->key; | |
1668 | ||
1669 | // Left node is unassigned, so prefix it | |
1670 | if(k1.IsEmpty()) | |
1671 | { | |
1672 | k1 = wxT("\xff"); | |
1673 | } | |
1674 | ||
1675 | // Right node is unassigned, so prefix it | |
1676 | if(k2.IsEmpty()) | |
1677 | { | |
1678 | k2 = wxT("\xff"); | |
1679 | } | |
1680 | ||
1681 | // Add prefix if available | |
1682 | if (!t1->prefix.IsEmpty()) | |
1683 | { | |
1684 | k1 += t1->prefix + wxT(" - "); | |
1685 | } | |
1686 | ||
1687 | // Add prefix if available | |
1688 | if (!t2->prefix.IsEmpty()) | |
1689 | { | |
1690 | k2 += t2->prefix + wxT(" - "); | |
1691 | } | |
1692 | ||
1693 | // Add labels | |
1694 | k1 += t1->label; | |
1695 | k2 += t2->label; | |
1696 | ||
1697 | // See wxWidgets documentation for explanation of comparison results. | |
1698 | // These will produce an ascending order. | |
1699 | if (k1 < k2) | |
1700 | { | |
1701 | return -1; | |
1702 | } | |
1703 | ||
1704 | if (k1 > k2) | |
1705 | { | |
1706 | return 1; | |
1707 | } | |
1708 | ||
1709 | return 0; | |
1710 | } | |
1711 | ||
1712 | #if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY | |
1713 | ||
1714 | // | |
1715 | // Return parenthood state of line | |
1716 | // | |
1717 | bool | |
1718 | KeyView::HasChildren(int line) | |
1719 | { | |
1720 | // Make sure line is valid | |
1721 | if (line < 0 || line >= (int) mLines.GetCount()) | |
1722 | { | |
1723 | wxASSERT(false); | |
1724 | return false; | |
1725 | } | |
1726 | ||
1727 | return mLines[line]->isparent; | |
1728 | } | |
1729 | ||
1730 | // | |
1731 | // Returns espanded/collapsed state of line | |
1732 | // | |
1733 | bool | |
1734 | KeyView::IsExpanded(int line) | |
1735 | { | |
1736 | // Make sure line is valid | |
1737 | if (line < 0 || line >= (int) mLines.GetCount()) | |
1738 | { | |
1739 | wxASSERT(false); | |
1740 | return false; | |
1741 | } | |
1742 | ||
1743 | return mLines[line]->isopen; | |
1744 | } | |
1745 | ||
1746 | // | |
1747 | // Returns the height of the line | |
1748 | // | |
1749 | wxCoord | |
1750 | KeyView::GetLineHeight(int line) | |
1751 | { | |
1752 | // Make sure line is valid | |
1753 | if (line < 0 || line >= (int) mLines.GetCount()) | |
1754 | { | |
1755 | wxASSERT(false); | |
1756 | return 0; | |
1757 | } | |
1758 | ||
1759 | return OnGetLineHeight(line); | |
1760 | } | |
1761 | ||
1762 | // | |
1763 | // Returns the value to be presented to accessibility | |
1764 | // | |
1765 | // Currently, the command and key are both provided. | |
1766 | // | |
1767 | wxString | |
1768 | KeyView::GetValue(int line) | |
1769 | { | |
1770 | // Make sure line is valid | |
1771 | if (line < 0 || line >= (int) mLines.GetCount()) | |
1772 | { | |
1773 | wxASSERT(false); | |
1774 | return wxEmptyString; | |
1775 | } | |
1776 | int index = LineToIndex(line); | |
1777 | ||
1778 | // Get the label and key values | |
1779 | wxString value; | |
1780 | if (mViewType == ViewByTree) | |
1781 | { | |
1782 | value = GetLabel(index); | |
1783 | } | |
1784 | else | |
1785 | { | |
1786 | value = GetFullLabel(index); | |
1787 | } | |
1788 | wxString key = GetKey(index); | |
1789 | ||
1790 | // Add the key if it isn't empty | |
1791 | if (!key.IsEmpty()) | |
1792 | { | |
1793 | if (mViewType == ViewByKey) | |
1794 | { | |
1795 | value = key + wxT(" ") + value; | |
1796 | } | |
1797 | else | |
1798 | { | |
1799 | value = value + wxT(" ") + key; | |
1800 | } | |
1801 | } | |
1802 | ||
1803 | return value; | |
1804 | } | |
1805 | ||
1806 | // | |
1807 | // Returns the current view type | |
1808 | // | |
1809 | ViewByType | |
1810 | KeyView::GetViewType() | |
1811 | { | |
1812 | return mViewType; | |
1813 | } | |
1814 | ||
1815 | // ============================================================================ | |
1816 | // Accessibility provider for the KeyView class | |
1817 | // ============================================================================ | |
1818 | KeyViewAx::KeyViewAx(KeyView *view) | |
1819 | : wxWindowAccessible(view) | |
1820 | { | |
1821 | mView = view; | |
1822 | mLastId = -1; | |
1823 | } | |
1824 | ||
1825 | // | |
1826 | // Send an event notification to accessibility that the view | |
1827 | // has changed. | |
1828 | // | |
1829 | void | |
1830 | KeyViewAx::ListUpdated() | |
1831 | { | |
1832 | NotifyEvent(wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_REORDER, | |
1833 | mView, | |
1834 | wxOBJID_CLIENT, | |
1835 | 0); | |
1836 | } | |
1837 | ||
1838 | // | |
1839 | // Inform accessibility a new line has been selected and/or a previously | |
1840 | // selected line is being unselected | |
1841 | // | |
1842 | void | |
1843 | KeyViewAx::SetCurrentLine(int line) | |
1844 | { | |
1845 | // Only send selection remove notification if a line was | |
1846 | // previously selected | |
1847 | if (mLastId != -1) | |
1848 | { | |
1849 | NotifyEvent(wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTIONREMOVE, | |
1850 | mView, | |
1851 | wxOBJID_CLIENT, | |
1852 | mLastId); | |
1853 | } | |
1854 | ||
1855 | // Nothing is selected now | |
1856 | mLastId = -1; | |
1857 | ||
1858 | // Just clearing selection | |
1859 | if (line != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1860 | { | |
1861 | // Convert line number to childId | |
1862 | LineToId(line, mLastId); | |
1863 | ||
1864 | // Send notifications that the line has focus | |
1865 | NotifyEvent(wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_FOCUS, | |
1866 | mView, | |
1867 | wxOBJID_CLIENT, | |
1868 | mLastId); | |
1869 | ||
1870 | // And is selected | |
1871 | NotifyEvent(wxACC_EVENT_OBJECT_SELECTION, | |
1872 | mView, | |
1873 | wxOBJID_CLIENT, | |
1874 | mLastId); | |
1875 | } | |
1876 | } | |
1877 | ||
1878 | // | |
1879 | // Convert the childId to a line number and return FALSE if it | |
1880 | // represents a child or TRUE if it a line | |
1881 | // | |
1882 | bool | |
1883 | KeyViewAx::IdToLine(int childId, int & line) | |
1884 | { | |
1885 | if (childId == wxACC_SELF) | |
1886 | { | |
1887 | return false; | |
1888 | } | |
1889 | ||
1890 | // Convert to line | |
1891 | line = childId - 1; | |
1892 | ||
1893 | // Make sure id is valid | |
1894 | if (line < 0 || line >= (int) mView->GetLineCount()) | |
1895 | { | |
1896 | // Indicate the control itself in this case | |
1897 | return false; | |
1898 | } | |
1899 | ||
1900 | return true; | |
1901 | } | |
1902 | ||
1903 | // | |
1904 | // Convert the line number to a childId. | |
1905 | // | |
1906 | bool | |
1907 | KeyViewAx::LineToId(int line, int & childId) | |
1908 | { | |
1909 | // Make sure line is valid | |
1910 | if (line < 0 || line >= (int) mView->GetLineCount()) | |
1911 | { | |
1912 | // Indicate the control itself in this case | |
1913 | childId = wxACC_SELF; | |
1914 | return false; | |
1915 | } | |
1916 | ||
1917 | // Convert to line | |
1918 | childId = line + 1; | |
1919 | ||
1920 | return true; | |
1921 | } | |
1922 | ||
1923 | // Can return either a child object, or an integer | |
1924 | // representing the child element, starting from 1. | |
1925 | wxAccStatus | |
1926 | KeyViewAx::HitTest(const wxPoint & pt, int *childId, wxAccessible **childObject) | |
1927 | { | |
1928 | // Just to be safe | |
1929 | *childObject = NULL; | |
1930 | ||
1931 | wxPoint pos = mView->ScreenToClient(pt); | |
1932 | ||
1933 | // See if it's on a line within the view | |
1934 | int line = mView->HitTest(pos); | |
1935 | ||
1936 | // It was on a line | |
1937 | if (line != wxNOT_FOUND) | |
1938 | { | |
1939 | LineToId(line, *childId); | |
1940 | return wxACC_OK; | |
1941 | } | |
1942 | ||
1943 | // Let the base class handle it | |
1944 | return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; | |
1945 | } | |
1946 | ||
1947 | // Retrieves the address of an IDispatch interface for the specified child. | |
1948 | // All objects must support this property. | |
1949 | wxAccStatus | |
1950 | KeyViewAx::GetChild(int childId, wxAccessible** child) | |
1951 | { | |
1952 | if (childId == wxACC_SELF) | |
1953 | { | |
1954 | *child = this; | |
1955 | } | |
1956 | else | |
1957 | { | |
1958 | *child = NULL; | |
1959 | } | |
1960 | ||
1961 | return wxACC_OK; | |
1962 | } | |
1963 | ||
1964 | // Gets the number of children. | |
1965 | wxAccStatus | |
1966 | KeyViewAx::GetChildCount(int *childCount) | |
1967 | { | |
1968 | *childCount = (int) mView->GetLineCount(); | |
1969 | ||
1970 | return wxACC_OK; | |
1971 | } | |
1972 | ||
1973 | // Gets the default action for this object (0) or > 0 (the action for a child). | |
1974 | // Return wxACC_OK even if there is no action. actionName is the action, or the empty | |
1975 | // string if there is no action. | |
1976 | // The retrieved string describes the action that is performed on an object, | |
1977 | // not what the object does as a result. For example, a toolbar button that prints | |
1978 | // a document has a default action of "Press" rather than "Prints the current document." | |
1979 | wxAccStatus | |
1980 | KeyViewAx::GetDefaultAction(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString *actionName) | |
1981 | { | |
1982 | actionName->Clear(); | |
1983 | ||
1984 | return wxACC_OK; | |
1985 | } | |
1986 | ||
1987 | // Returns the description for this object or a child. | |
1988 | wxAccStatus | |
1989 | KeyViewAx::GetDescription(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString *description) | |
1990 | { | |
1991 | description->Clear(); | |
1992 | ||
1993 | return wxACC_OK; | |
1994 | } | |
1995 | ||
1996 | // Returns help text for this object or a child, similar to tooltip text. | |
1997 | wxAccStatus | |
1998 | KeyViewAx::GetHelpText(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString *helpText) | |
1999 | { | |
2000 | helpText->Clear(); | |
2001 | ||
2002 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2003 | } | |
2004 | ||
2005 | // Returns the keyboard shortcut for this object or child. | |
2006 | // Return e.g. ALT+K | |
2007 | wxAccStatus | |
2008 | KeyViewAx::GetKeyboardShortcut(int WXUNUSED(childId), wxString *shortcut) | |
2009 | { | |
2010 | shortcut->Clear(); | |
2011 | ||
2012 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2013 | } | |
2014 | ||
2015 | // Returns the rectangle for this object (id = 0) or a child element (id > 0). | |
2016 | // rect is in screen coordinates. | |
2017 | wxAccStatus | |
2018 | KeyViewAx::GetLocation(wxRect & rect, int elementId) | |
2019 | { | |
2020 | int line; | |
2021 | ||
2022 | if (IdToLine(elementId, line)) | |
2023 | { | |
2024 | if (!mView->IsVisible(line)) | |
2025 | { | |
2026 | return wxACC_FAIL; | |
2027 | } | |
2028 | ||
2029 | wxRect rectLine; | |
2030 | ||
2031 | rectLine.width = mView->GetClientSize().GetWidth(); | |
2032 | ||
2033 | // iterate over all visible lines | |
2034 | for (int i = (int) mView->GetVisibleBegin(); i <= line; i++) | |
2035 | { | |
2036 | wxCoord hLine = mView->GetLineHeight(i); | |
2037 | ||
2038 | rectLine.height = hLine; | |
2039 | ||
2040 | rect = rectLine; | |
2041 | wxPoint margins = mView->GetMargins(); | |
2042 | rect.Deflate(margins.x, margins.y); | |
2043 | rectLine.y += hLine; | |
2044 | } | |
2045 | ||
2046 | rect.SetPosition(mView->ClientToScreen(rect.GetPosition())); | |
2047 | } | |
2048 | else | |
2049 | { | |
2050 | rect = mView->GetRect(); | |
2051 | rect.SetPosition(mView->GetParent()->ClientToScreen(rect.GetPosition())); | |
2052 | } | |
2053 | ||
2054 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2055 | } | |
2056 | ||
2057 | wxAccStatus | |
2058 | KeyViewAx::Navigate(wxNavDir WXUNUSED(navDir), | |
2059 | int WXUNUSED(fromId), | |
2060 | int *WXUNUSED(toId), | |
2061 | wxAccessible **WXUNUSED(toObject)) | |
2062 | { | |
2063 | return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; | |
2064 | } | |
2065 | ||
2066 | // Gets the name of the specified object. | |
2067 | wxAccStatus | |
2068 | KeyViewAx::GetName(int childId, wxString *name) | |
2069 | { | |
2070 | int line; | |
2071 | ||
2072 | if (!IdToLine(childId, line)) | |
2073 | { | |
2074 | *name = mView->GetName(); | |
2075 | } | |
2076 | else | |
2077 | { | |
2078 | if (IdToLine(childId, line)) | |
2079 | { | |
2080 | *name = mView->GetValue(line); | |
2081 | } | |
2082 | } | |
2083 | ||
2084 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2085 | } | |
2086 | ||
2087 | wxAccStatus | |
2088 | KeyViewAx::GetParent(wxAccessible ** WXUNUSED(parent)) | |
2089 | { | |
2090 | return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; | |
2091 | } | |
2092 | ||
2093 | // Returns a role constant. | |
2094 | wxAccStatus | |
2095 | KeyViewAx::GetRole(int childId, wxAccRole *role) | |
2096 | { | |
2097 | if (childId == wxACC_SELF) | |
2098 | { | |
2099 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) | |
2100 | *role = mView->GetViewType() == ViewByTree ? wxROLE_SYSTEM_OUTLINE : wxROLE_SYSTEM_LIST; | |
2101 | #endif | |
2102 | ||
2103 | #if defined(__WXMAC__) | |
2104 | *role = wxROLE_SYSTEM_GROUPING; | |
2105 | #endif | |
2106 | } | |
2107 | else | |
2108 | { | |
2109 | #if defined(__WXMAC__) | |
2110 | *role = wxROLE_SYSTEM_TEXT; | |
2111 | #else | |
2112 | *role = mView->GetViewType() == ViewByTree ? wxROLE_SYSTEM_OUTLINEITEM : wxROLE_SYSTEM_LISTITEM; | |
2113 | #endif | |
2114 | } | |
2115 | ||
2116 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2117 | } | |
2118 | ||
2119 | // Gets a variant representing the selected children | |
2120 | // of this object. | |
2121 | // Acceptable values: | |
2122 | // - a null variant (IsNull() returns TRUE) | |
2123 | // - a list variant (GetType() == wxT("list")) | |
2124 | // - an integer representing the selected child element, | |
2125 | // or 0 if this object is selected (GetType() == wxT("long")) | |
2126 | // - a "void*" pointer to a wxAccessible child object | |
2127 | wxAccStatus | |
2128 | KeyViewAx::GetSelections(wxVariant *selections) | |
2129 | { | |
2130 | int id; | |
2131 | ||
2132 | LineToId(mView->GetSelection(), id); | |
2133 | ||
2134 | *selections = (long) id; | |
2135 | ||
2136 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2137 | } | |
2138 | ||
2139 | // Returns a state constant. | |
2140 | wxAccStatus | |
2141 | KeyViewAx::GetState(int childId, long *state) | |
2142 | { | |
2143 | int flag = wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSABLE; | |
2144 | int line; | |
2145 | ||
2146 | if (!IdToLine(childId, line)) | |
2147 | { | |
2148 | *state = wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSABLE; // | | |
2149 | //mView->FindFocus() == mView ? wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSED : 0; | |
2150 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2151 | } | |
2152 | ||
2153 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) | |
2154 | int selected = mView->GetSelection(); | |
2155 | ||
2156 | flag |= wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_SELECTABLE; | |
2157 | ||
2158 | if (line == selected) | |
2159 | { | |
2160 | flag |= wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSED | | |
2161 | wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_SELECTED; | |
2162 | } | |
2163 | ||
2164 | if (mView->HasChildren(line)) | |
2165 | { | |
2166 | flag |= mView->IsExpanded(line) ? | |
2167 | wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_EXPANDED : | |
2168 | wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_COLLAPSED; | |
2169 | } | |
2170 | #endif | |
2171 | ||
2172 | #if defined(__WXMAC__1) | |
2173 | if (mGrid->IsInSelection(row, col)) | |
2174 | { | |
2175 | flag |= wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_SELECTED; | |
2176 | } | |
2177 | ||
2178 | if (mGrid->GetGridCursorRow() == row && mGrid->GetGridCursorCol() == col) | |
2179 | { | |
2180 | flag |= wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_FOCUSED; | |
2181 | } | |
2182 | ||
2183 | if (mGrid->IsReadOnly(row, col)) | |
2184 | { | |
2185 | flag |= wxACC_STATE_SYSTEM_UNAVAILABLE; | |
2186 | } | |
2187 | #endif | |
2188 | ||
2189 | *state = flag; | |
2190 | ||
2191 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2192 | } | |
2193 | ||
2194 | // Returns a localized string representing the value for the object | |
2195 | // or child. | |
2196 | wxAccStatus | |
2197 | KeyViewAx::GetValue(int childId, wxString *strValue) | |
2198 | { | |
2199 | int line; | |
2200 | ||
2201 | strValue->Clear(); | |
2202 | ||
2203 | if (!IdToLine(childId, line)) | |
2204 | { | |
2205 | return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; | |
2206 | } | |
2207 | ||
2208 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) | |
2209 | if (mView->GetViewType() == ViewByTree) | |
2210 | { | |
2211 | KeyNode *node = mView->mLines[line]; | |
2212 | strValue->Printf(wxT("%d"), node->depth - 1); | |
2213 | } | |
2214 | ||
2215 | // Don't set a value for the other view types | |
2216 | return wxACC_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; | |
2217 | #endif | |
2218 | ||
2219 | #if defined(__WXMAC__) | |
2220 | return GetName(childId, strValue); | |
2221 | #endif | |
2222 | } | |
2223 | ||
2224 | #if defined(__WXMAC__) | |
2225 | // Selects the object or child. | |
2226 | wxAccStatus | |
2227 | KeyViewAx::Select(int childId, wxAccSelectionFlags selectFlags) | |
2228 | { | |
2229 | #if 0 | |
2230 | int row; | |
2231 | int col; | |
2232 | ||
2233 | if (GetRowCol(childId, row, col)) | |
2234 | { | |
2235 | ||
2236 | if (selectFlags & wxACC_SEL_TAKESELECTION) | |
2237 | { | |
2238 | mGrid->SetGridCursor(row, col); | |
2239 | } | |
2240 | ||
2241 | mGrid->SelectBlock(row, col, row, col, selectFlags & wxACC_SEL_ADDSELECTION); | |
2242 | } | |
2243 | #endif | |
2244 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2245 | } | |
2246 | #endif | |
2247 | ||
2248 | // Gets the window with the keyboard focus. | |
2249 | // If childId is 0 and child is NULL, no object in | |
2250 | // this subhierarchy has the focus. | |
2251 | // If this object has the focus, child should be 'this'. | |
2252 | wxAccStatus | |
2253 | KeyViewAx::GetFocus(int * WXUNUSED(childId), wxAccessible **child) | |
2254 | { | |
2255 | *child = this; | |
2256 | ||
2257 | return wxACC_OK; | |
2258 | } | |
2259 | ||
2260 | #endif // wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY |